- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> 
-   
- < link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="lua.css"- > 
- < link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="manual.css"- > 
- < META HTTP-EQUIV="content-type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1"- > 
-   
-   
- < a href="http://www.lua.org/"- >< img src="logo.gif" alt="" border="0"- >< /a- > 
- Lua 5.1 Reference Manual 
-   
- by Roberto Ierusalimschy, Luiz Henrique de Figueiredo, Waldemar Celes 
- Copyright © 2006–2012 Lua.org, PUC-Rio. 
- Freely available under the terms of the 
- < a href="http://www.lua.org/license.html"- >Lua license< /a- >. 
-   
- < a href="contents.html#contents"- >contents< /A- > 
- · 
- < a href="contents.html#index"- >index< /A- > 
- · 
- < A HREF="http://www.lua.org/manual/"- >other versions< /A- > 
-   
- <!-- ====================================================================== --> 
-   
- <!-- $Id: manual.of,v 1.49.1.2 2012/01/13 20:23:26 roberto Exp $ --> 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < h1- > 1-  - < a name="1"- >Introduction< /a- >< /h1- > 
-   
- Lua is an extension programming language designed to support 
- general procedural programming with data description 
- facilities. 
- It also offers good support for object-oriented programming, 
- functional programming, and data-driven programming. 
- Lua is intended to be used as a powerful, light-weight 
- scripting language for any program that needs one. 
- Lua is implemented as a library, written in < em- >clean< /em- > C 
- (that is, in the common subset of ANSI C and C++). 
-   
-   
- Being an extension language, Lua has no notion of a "main" program: 
- it only works < em- >embedded< /em- > in a host client, 
- called the < em- >embedding program< /em- > or simply the < em- >host< /em- >. 
- This host program can invoke functions to execute a piece of Lua code, 
- can write and read Lua variables, 
- and can register C functions to be called by Lua code. 
- Through the use of C functions, Lua can be augmented to cope with 
- a wide range of different domains, 
- thus creating customized programming languages sharing a syntactical framework. 
- The Lua distribution includes a sample host program called < code- >lua< /code- >, 
- which uses the Lua library to offer a complete, stand-alone Lua interpreter. 
-   
-   
- Lua is free software, 
- and is provided as usual with no guarantees, 
- as stated in its license. 
- The implementation described in this manual is available 
- at Lua's official web site, <code>www.lua.org</code>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Like any other reference manual, 
- this document is dry in places. 
- For a discussion of the decisions behind the design of Lua, 
- see the technical papers available at Lua's web site. 
- For a detailed introduction to programming in Lua, 
- see Roberto's book, <em>Programming in Lua (Second Edition)</em>. 
-   
-   
-   
- <h1>2 - <a name="2">The Language</a></h1> 
-   
- <p> 
- This section describes the lexis, the syntax, and the semantics of Lua. 
- In other words, 
- this section describes 
- which tokens are valid, 
- how they can be combined, 
- and what their combinations mean. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The language constructs will be explained using the usual extended BNF notation, 
- in which 
- {<em>a</em>} means 0 or more <em>a</em>'s, and 
- [- < em- >a< /em- > ]-  means an optional < em- >a< /em- >. 
 
- Non-terminals are shown like non-terminal, 
- keywords are shown like < b- >kword< /b- >, 
- and other terminal symbols are shown like `< b- > =- < /b- >´. 
- The complete syntax of Lua can be found in < a href="#8"- >§ 8- < /a- > 
- at the end of this manual. 
-   
-   
-   
- < h2- > 2.1-  - < a name="2.1"- >Lexical Conventions< /a- >< /h2- > 
-   
- (- also called < em- >identifiers< /em- > )
 
- in Lua can be any string of letters, 
- digits, and underscores, 
- not beginning with a digit. 
- This coincides with the definition of names in most languages. 
- (The definition of letter depends on the current locale: 
- any character considered alphabetic by the current locale 
- can be used in an identifier.) 
- Identifiers are used to name variables and table fields. 
-   
-   
- The following < em- >keywords< /em- > are reserved 
- and cannot be used as names: 
-   
-   
-      and       break     do        else      elseif 
-      end       false     for       function  if 
-      in        local     nil       not       or 
-      repeat    return    then      true      until     while 
-   
- Lua is a case-sensitive language: 
- are two different, valid names. 
- As a convention, names starting with an underscore followed by 
- uppercase letters  (- such as < a href="#pdf-_VERSION"- >< code- >_VERSION< /code- >< /a- > )
- are reserved for internal global variables used by Lua. 
-   
-   
- The following strings denote other tokens: 
-   
-      +     -     *     /     %     ^     # 
-      ==    ~=    <=    >=    <     >     = 
-      (     )     {     }     [     ] 
-      ;     :     ,     .     ..    ... 
-   
- can be delimited by matching single or double quotes, 
- and can contain the following C-like escape sequences: 
- '<code>\a</code>' (bell), 
- '<code>\b</code>' (backspace), 
- '<code>\f</code>' (form feed), 
- '<code>\n</code>' (newline), 
- '<code>\r</code>' (carriage return), 
- '<code>\t</code>' (horizontal tab), 
- '<code>\v</code>' (vertical tab), 
- '<code>\\</code>' (backslash), 
- '<code>\"</code>' (quotation mark [double quote]), 
- and  '<code>\'- < /code- > ' (apostrophe [single quote]).
- Moreover, a backslash followed by a real newline 
- results in a newline in the string. 
- A character in a string can also be specified by its numerical value 
- using the escape sequence <code>\<em>ddd</em></code>, 
- where <em>ddd</em> is a sequence of up to three decimal digits. 
- (Note that if a numerical escape is to be followed by a digit, 
- it must be expressed using exactly three digits.) 
- Strings in Lua can contain any 8-bit value, including embedded zeros, 
- which can be specified as '- < code- >\ 0- < /code- > '.
 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Literal strings can also be defined using a long format 
- enclosed by <em>long brackets</em>. 
- We define an <em>opening long bracket of level <em>n</em></em> as an opening 
- square bracket followed by <em>n</em> equal signs followed by another 
- opening square bracket. 
- So, an opening long bracket of level 0 is written as <code>[[</code>, 
- an opening long bracket of level 1 is written as <code>[=[</code>, 
- and so on. 
- A <em>closing long bracket</em> is defined similarly; 
- for instance, a closing long bracket of level 4 is written as <code>]====]</code>. 
- A long string starts with an opening long bracket of any level and 
- ends at the first closing long bracket of the same level. 
- Literals in this bracketed form can run for several lines, 
- do not interpret any escape sequences, 
- and ignore long brackets of any other level. 
- They can contain anything except a closing bracket of the proper level. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- For convenience, 
- when the opening long bracket is immediately followed by a newline, 
- the newline is not included in the string. 
- As an example, in a system using ASCII 
- (in which '- < code- >a< /code- > ' is coded as 97,
 
- newline is coded as 10, and '- < code- > 1- < /code- > ' is coded as 49),
 
- the five literal strings below denote the same string: 
-   
- <pre> 
-      a = 'alo\n123"' 
-      a = "alo\n123\"" 
-      a = '\97lo\10\04923"' 
-      a = [[alo 
-      123"]] 
-      a = [==[ 
-      alo 
-      123"]==] 
-   
- A < em- >numerical constant< /em- > can be written with an optional decimal part 
- and an optional decimal exponent. 
- Lua also accepts integer hexadecimal constants, 
- Examples of valid numerical constants are 
-   
-      3   3.0   3.1416   314.16e-2   0.31416E1   0xff   0x56 
-   
- A < em- >comment< /em- > starts with a double hyphen  (- < code- >--< /code- > )
- anywhere outside a string. 
- If the  text-  immediately after < code- >--< /code- > is not an opening long bracket, 
- the comment is a < em- >short comment< /em- >, 
- which runs until the end of the line. 
- Otherwise, it is a < em- >long comment< /em- >, 
- which runs until the corresponding closing long bracket. 
- Long comments are frequently used to disable code temporarily. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < h2- > 2.2-  - < a name="2.2"- >Values and Types< /a- >< /h2- > 
-   
- Lua is a < em- >dynamically typed language< /em- >. 
- This means that 
- variables do not have types; only values do. 
- There are no type definitions in the language. 
- All values carry their own type. 
-   
-   
- All values in Lua are < em- >first- class-  values< /em- >. 
- This means that all values can be stored in variables, 
- passed as arguments to other functions, and returned as results. 
-   
-   
- There are eight basic types in Lua: 
- < em- >Nil< /em- > is the  type-  of the  value-  < b- >nil< /b- >, 
- whose main property is to be different from any other value; 
- it usually represents the absence of a useful value. 
- < em- >Boolean< /em- > is the  type-  of the values < b- >false< /b- > and < b- >true< /b- >. 
- Both < b- >nil< /b- > and < b- >false< /b- > make a condition false; 
- any other value makes it true. 
- < em- >Number< /em- > represents real  (- double-precision floating-point )-  numbers. 
- (It is easy to build Lua interpreters that use other 
- internal representations for numbers, 
- such as single-precision float or long integers; 
- < em- >String< /em- > represents arrays of characters. 
-   
- Lua is 8-bit clean: 
- strings can contain any 8-bit character, 
- including embedded zeros  ('<code>\0</code>') (- see < a href="#2.1"- >§ 2.1- < /a- > )- . 
-   
-   
- Lua can call (and manipulate) functions written in Lua and 
- functions written in C 
- (- see < a href="#2.5.8"- >§2.5.8< /a- > )- . 
 
-   
-   
- The  type-  < em- >userdata< /em- > is provided to allow arbitrary C  data-  to 
- be stored in Lua variables. 
- This type corresponds to a block of raw memory 
- and has no pre-defined operations in Lua, 
- except assignment and identity test. 
- However, by using < em- >metatables< /em- >, 
- the programmer can define operations for userdata values 
- (- see < a href="#2.8"- >§ 2.8- < /a- > )- . 
 
- Userdata values cannot be created or modified in Lua, 
- only through the C API. 
- This guarantees the integrity of data owned by the host program. 
-   
-   
- The  type-  < em- >thread< /em- > represents independent threads of execution 
- and it is used to implement coroutines  (- see < a href="#2.11"- >§ 2.11- < /a- > )- . 
- Do not confuse Lua threads with operating-system threads. 
- Lua supports coroutines on all systems, 
- even those that do not support threads. 
-   
-   
- The  type-  < em- >table< /em- > implements associative arrays, 
- that is, arrays that can be indexed not only with numbers, 
- but with any  value (- except < b- >nil< /b- > )- . 
- Tables can be < em- >heterogeneous< /em- >; 
- that is, they can contain values of all types  (- except < b- >nil< /b- > )- . 
- Tables are the sole data structuring mechanism in Lua; 
- they can be used to represent ordinary arrays, 
- symbol tables, sets, records, graphs, trees, etc. 
- To represent records, Lua uses the field name as an index. 
- The language supports this representation by 
- There are several convenient ways to create tables in Lua 
- (- see < a href="#2.5.7"- >§2.5.7< /a- > )- . 
 
-   
-   
- Like indices, 
- the  value-  of a table field can be of any  type (- except < b- >nil< /b- > )- . 
- In particular, 
- because functions are first-class values, 
- table fields can contain functions. 
- Thus tables can also carry < em- >methods< /em- >  (- see < a href="#2.5.9"- >§2.5.9< /a- > )- . 
-   
-   
- Tables, functions, threads, and  (- full )-  userdata values are < em- >objects< /em- >: 
- variables do not actually < em- >contain< /em- > these values, 
- only < em- >references< /em- > to them. 
- Assignment, parameter passing, and function returns 
- always manipulate references to such values; 
- these operations do not imply any kind of copy. 
-   
-   
- The library function < a href="#pdf-type"- >< code- >type< /code- >< /a- > returns a string describing the  type
- of a given value. 
-   
-   
-   
- < h3- >2.2.1 - < a name="2.2.1"- >Coercion< /a- >< /h3- > 
-   
- Lua provides automatic conversion between 
- string and number values at run time. 
- Any arithmetic operation applied to a string tries to convert 
- this string to a number, following the usual conversion rules. 
- Conversely, whenever a number is used where a string is expected, 
- the number is converted to a string, in a reasonable format. 
- For complete control over how numbers are converted to strings, 
- use the < code- >format< /code- > function from the string library 
- (- see < a href="#pdf-string.format"- >< code- >string.format< /code- >< /a- > )- . 
 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < h2- > 2.3-  - < a name="2.3"- >Variables< /a- >< /h2- > 
-   
- Variables are places that store values. 
-   
- There are three kinds of variables in Lua: 
- global variables, local variables, and table fields. 
-   
-   
- A single name can denote a global variable or a local variable 
- (or a function's formal parameter, 
- which is a particular kind of local variable): 
-   
- <pre> 
-         var ::= Name 
- </pre><p> 
- Name denotes identifiers, as defined in <a href="#2.1">§2.1</a>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Any variable is assumed to be global unless explicitly declared 
- as a local (see <a href="#2.4.7">§2.4.7</a>). 
- Local variables are <em>lexically scoped</em>: 
- local variables can be freely accessed by functions 
- defined inside their scope (see <a href="#2.6">§2.6</a>). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Before the first assignment to a variable, its value is <b>nil</b>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Square brackets are used to index a table: 
-   
- <pre> 
-         var ::= prefixexp `<b>[</b>´ exp `<b>]</b>´ 
- </pre><p> 
- The meaning of accesses to global variables  
- and table fields can be changed via metatables. 
- An access to an indexed variable <code>t[i]</code> is equivalent to 
- a call <code>gettable_event(t,i)</code>. 
- (See <a href="#2.8">§2.8</a> for a complete description of the 
- <code>gettable_event</code> function. 
- This function is not defined or callable in Lua. 
- We use it here only for explanatory purposes.) 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The syntax <code>var.Name</code> is just syntactic sugar for 
- <code>var["Name"]</code>: 
-   
- <pre> 
-         var ::= prefixexp `<b>.</b>´ Name 
- </pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- All global variables live as fields in ordinary Lua tables, 
- called <em>environment tables</em> or simply 
- <em>environments</em> (see <a href="#2.9">§2.9</a>). 
- Each function has its own reference to an environment, 
- so that all global variables in this function 
- will refer to this environment table. 
- When a function is created, 
- it inherits the environment from the function that created it. 
- To get the environment table of a Lua function, 
- you call <a href="#pdf-getfenv"><code>getfenv</code></a>. 
- To replace it, 
- you call <a href="#pdf-setfenv"><code>setfenv</code></a>. 
- (You can only manipulate the environment of C functions 
- through the debug library; (see <a href="#5.9">§5.9</a>).) 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- An access to a global variable <code>x</code> 
- is equivalent to <code>_env.x</code>, 
- which in turn is equivalent to 
-   
- <pre> 
-      gettable_event(_env, "x") 
- </pre><p> 
- where <code>_env</code> is the environment of the running function. 
- (See <a href="#2.8">§2.8</a> for a complete description of the 
- <code>gettable_event</code> function. 
- This function is not defined or callable in Lua. 
- Similarly, the <code>_env</code> variable is not defined in Lua. 
- We use them here only for explanatory purposes.) 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h2>2.4 - <a name="2.4">Statements</a></h2> 
-   
- <p> 
- Lua supports an almost conventional set of statements, 
- similar to those in Pascal or C. 
- This set includes 
- assignments, control structures, function calls, 
- and variable declarations. 
-   
-   
-   
- <h3>2.4.1 - <a name="2.4.1">Chunks</a></h3> 
-   
- <p> 
- The unit of execution of Lua is called a <em>chunk</em>. 
- A chunk is simply a sequence of statements, 
- which are executed sequentially. 
- Each statement can be optionally followed by a semicolon: 
-   
- <pre> 
-         chunk ::= {stat [`<b>;</b>´]} 
- </pre><p> 
- There are no empty statements and thus '- < code- >;;< /code- > ' is not legal.
 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Lua handles a chunk as the body of an anonymous function  
- with a variable number of arguments 
- (see <a href="#2.5.9">§2.5.9</a>). 
- As such, chunks can define local variables, 
- receive arguments, and return values. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- A chunk can be stored in a file or in a string inside the host program. 
- To execute a chunk, 
- Lua first pre-compiles the chunk into instructions for a virtual machine, 
- and then it executes the compiled code 
- with an interpreter for the virtual machine. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Chunks can also be pre-compiled into binary form; 
- see program <code>luac</code> for details. 
- Programs in source and compiled forms are interchangeable; 
- Lua automatically detects the file type and acts accordingly. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h3>2.4.2 - <a name="2.4.2">Blocks</a></h3><p> 
- A block is a list of statements; 
- syntactically, a block is the same as a chunk: 
-   
- <pre> 
-         block ::= chunk 
- </pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- A block can be explicitly delimited to produce a single statement: 
-   
- <pre> 
-         stat ::= <b>do</b> block <b>end</b> 
- </pre><p> 
- Explicit blocks are useful 
- to control the scope of variable declarations. 
- Explicit blocks are also sometimes used to 
- add a <b>return</b> or <b>break</b> statement in the middle 
- of another block (see <a href="#2.4.4">§2.4.4</a>). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h3>2.4.3 - <a name="2.4.3">Assignment</a></h3> 
-   
- <p> 
- Lua allows multiple assignments. 
- Therefore, the syntax for assignment 
- defines a list of variables on the left side 
- and a list of expressions on the right side. 
- The elements in both lists are separated by commas: 
-   
- <pre> 
-         stat ::= varlist `<b>=</b>´ explist 
-         varlist ::= var {`<b>,</b>´ var} 
-         explist ::= exp {`<b>,</b>´ exp} 
- </pre><p> 
- Expressions are discussed in <a href="#2.5">§2.5</a>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Before the assignment, 
- the list of values is <em>adjusted</em> to the length of 
- the list of variables. 
- If there are more values than needed, 
- the excess values are thrown away. 
- If there are fewer values than needed, 
- the list is extended with as many  <b>nil</b>'s as needed. 
- If the list of expressions ends with a function call, 
- then all values returned by that call enter the list of values, 
- before the adjustment 
- (- except when the call is enclosed in parentheses; see < a href="#2.5"- >§ 2.5- < /a- > )- . 
 
-   
-   
- The assignment statement first evaluates all its expressions 
- and only then are the assignments performed. 
- Thus the code 
-   
-      i = 3 
-      i, a[i] = i+1, 20 
- before it is assigned 4. 
- Similarly, the line 
-   
-      x, y = y, x 
- and 
-   
-      x, y, z = y, z, x 
-   
-   
- The meaning of assignments to global variables 
- and table fields can be changed via metatables. 
- An assignment to an indexed variable < code- >t [- i ] =-  val< /code- > is equivalent to 
- (- See < a href="#2.8"- >§ 2.8- < /a- >  for-  a complete description of the 
 
- This function is not defined or callable in Lua. 
- We use it here only for explanatory purposes.) 
-   
-   
- An assignment to a global variable < code- >x  =-  val< /code- > 
- is equivalent to the assignment 
- which in turn is equivalent to 
-   
-      settable_event(_env, "x", val) 
- where < code- >_env< /code- > is the environment of the running function. 
- (- The < code- >_env< /code- > variable is not defined in Lua. 
 
- We use it here only for explanatory purposes.) 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < h3- >2.4.4 - < a name="2.4.4"- >Control Structures< /a- >< /h3- >< p- > 
- The control structures 
- < b- >if< /b- >, < b- >while< /b- >, and < b- >repeat< /b- > have the usual meaning and 
- familiar syntax: 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-         stat :: =-  < b- >while< /b- > exp < b- >do< /b- > block < b- >end< /b- > 
-         stat :: =-  < b- >repeat< /b- > block < b- >until< /b- > exp 
-         stat :: =-  < b- >if< /b- > exp < b- >then< /b- > block  {- < b- >elseif< /b- > exp < b- >then< /b- > block } [- < b- >else< /b- > block ]-  < b- >end< /b- > 
- Lua also has a < b- >for< /b- > statement, in two flavors  (- see < a href="#2.4.5"- >§2.4.5< /a- > )- . 
-   
-   
- The condition expression of a 
- control structure can return any value. 
- Both < b- >false< /b- > and < b- >nil< /b- > are considered false. 
- All values different from < b- >nil< /b- > and < b- >false< /b- > are considered true 
- (in particular, the number 0 and the empty string are also true). 
-   
-   
- In the < b- >repeat< /b- >–< b- >until< /b- > loop, 
- the inner block does not end at the < b- >until< /b- > keyword, 
- but only after the condition. 
- So, the condition can refer to local variables 
- declared inside the loop block. 
-   
-   
- The < b- >return< /b- > statement is used to return values 
- from a function or a chunk (which is just a function). 
-   
- Functions and chunks can return more than one value, 
- and so the syntax  for-  the < b- >return< /b- > statement is 
-   
-         stat :: =-  < b- >return< /b- >  [- explist ]
-   
- The < b- >break< /b- > statement is used to terminate the execution of a 
- < b- >while< /b- >, < b- >repeat< /b- >, or < b- >for< /b- > loop, 
- skipping to the next statement after the loop: 
-   
-   
- A < b- >break< /b- > ends the innermost enclosing loop. 
-   
-   
- The < b- >return< /b- > and < b- >break< /b- > 
- statements can only be written as the < em- >last< /em- > statement of a block. 
- If it is really necessary to < b- >return< /b- > or < b- >break< /b- > in the 
- middle of a block, 
- then an explicit inner block can be used, 
- as in the idioms 
- because now < b- >return< /b- > and < b- >break< /b- > are the last statements in 
- their (inner) blocks. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < h3- >2.4.5 - < a name="2.4.5"- > For-  Statement< /a- >< /h3- > 
-   
-   
- The < b- >for< /b- > statement has two forms: 
- one numeric and one generic. 
-   
-   
- The numeric < b- >for< /b- > loop repeats a block of  code-  while a 
- control variable runs through an arithmetic progression. 
- It has the following syntax: 
-   
-         stat :: =-  < b- >for< /b- >  Name-  `< b- > =- < /b- >´ exp `< b- >,< /b- >´ exp  [- `< b- >,< /b- >´ exp ]-  < b- >do< /b- > block < b- >end< /b- > 
- The < em- >block< /em- > is repeated  for-  < em- >name< /em- > starting at the  value-  of 
- the first < em- >exp< /em- >, until it passes the second < em- >exp< /em- > by steps of the 
- More precisely, a < b- >for< /b- > statement like 
-   
- is equivalent to the code: 
-   
-      do 
-        if not  (- < em- >var< /em- > and < em- >limit< /em- > and < em- >step< /em- > )-  then error ()-  end 
-        while  (- < em- >step< /em- > >  0-  and < em- >var< /em- > < =-  < em- >limit< /em- > )-  or  (- < em- >step< /em- > < = 0-  and < em- >var< /em- > > =-  < em- >limit< /em- > )-  do 
-        end 
-      end 
- Note the following: 
-   
-   
- All three control expressions are evaluated only once, 
- before the loop starts. 
- They must all result in numbers. 
-   
- The names shown here are for explanatory purposes only. 
-   
- If the third expression (the step) is absent, 
- then a step of 1 is used. 
-   
- You can use < b- >break< /b- > to exit a < b- >for< /b- > loop. 
-   
- The loop variable < code- >v< /code- > is local to the loop; 
- you cannot use its  value-  after the < b- >for< /b- > ends or is broken. 
- If you need this value, 
- assign it to another variable before breaking or exiting the loop. 
-   
-   
- The generic < b- >for< /b- > statement works over functions, 
- called < em- >iterators< /em- >. 
- On each iteration, the iterator function is called to produce a new value, 
- stopping when this new  value-  is < b- >nil< /b- >. 
- The generic < b- >for< /b- > loop has the following syntax: 
-   
-         stat :: =-  < b- >for< /b- > namelist < b- >in< /b- > explist < b- >do< /b- > block < b- >end< /b- > 
-         namelist :: = Name {- `< b- >,< /b- >´  Name}
- A < b- >for< /b- > statement like 
-   
-      for-  < em- >var_1< /em- >, ···, < em- >var_n< /em- > in < em- >explist< /em- > do < em- >block< /em- > end 
 
- is equivalent to the code: 
-   
-      do 
-        while true do 
-          local < em- >var_1< /em- >, ···, < em- >var_n< /em- >  =-  < em- >f< /em- > (- < em- >s< /em- >, < em- >var< /em- > )
-          if < em- >var< /em- >  ==-  nil then break end 
-        end 
-      end 
- Note the following: 
-   
-   
- Its results are an < em- >iterator< /em- > function, 
- and an initial  value for-  the first < em- >iterator variable< /em- >. 
-   
- The names are here for explanatory purposes only. 
-   
- You can use < b- >break< /b- > to exit a < b- >for< /b- > loop. 
-   
- The loop variables < code- >< em- >var_i< /em- >< /code- > are local to the loop; 
- you cannot use their values after the < b- >for< /b- > ends. 
- If you need these values, 
- then assign them to other variables before breaking or exiting the loop. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < h3- >2.4.6 - < a name="2.4.6"- >Function Calls as Statements< /a- >< /h3- >< p- > 
- To allow possible side-effects, 
- function calls can be executed as statements: 
-   
-         stat ::= functioncall 
- In this case, all returned values are thrown away. 
- Function calls are explained in < a href="#2.5.8"- >§2.5.8< /a- >. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < h3- >2.4.7 - < a name="2.4.7"- >Local Declarations< /a- >< /h3- >< p- > 
- Local variables can be declared anywhere inside a block. 
- The declaration can include an initial assignment: 
-   
-         stat :: =-  < b- >local< /b- > namelist  [- `< b- > =- < /b- >´ explist ]
- If present, an initial assignment has the same semantics 
- of a  multiple-  assignment  (- see < a href="#2.4.3"- >§2.4.3< /a- > )- . 
- Otherwise, all variables are initialized with < b- >nil< /b- >. 
-   
-   
- A chunk is also a block  (- see < a href="#2.4.1"- >§2.4.1< /a- > )- , 
- and so local variables can be declared in a chunk outside any explicit block. 
- The scope of such local variables extends until the end of the chunk. 
-   
-   
- The visibility  rules for-  local variables are explained in < a href="#2.6"- >§ 2.6- < /a- >. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < h2- > 2.5-  - < a name="2.5"- >Expressions< /a- >< /h2- > 
-   
- The basic expressions in Lua are the following: 
-   
-         exp ::= prefixexp 
-         exp :: =-  < b- >nil< /b- > | < b- >false< /b- > | < b- >true< /b- > 
-         exp ::= Number 
-         exp ::= String 
-         exp ::= function 
-         exp ::= tableconstructor 
-         exp :: =-  `< b- >...< /b- >´ 
-         exp ::= exp binop exp 
-         exp ::= unop exp 
-         prefixexp :: =-  var | functioncall | `< b- > (- < /b- >´ exp `< b- > )- < /b- >´ 
-   
- Numbers and literal strings are explained in < a href="#2.1"- >§ 2.1- < /a- >; 
- variables are explained in < a href="#2.3"- >§ 2.3- < /a- >; 
- function definitions are explained in < a href="#2.5.9"- >§2.5.9< /a- >; 
- function calls are explained in < a href="#2.5.8"- >§2.5.8< /a- >; 
- table constructors are explained in < a href="#2.5.7"- >§2.5.7< /a- >. 
- Vararg expressions, 
- denoted by three dots ('<code>...</code>'), can only be used when 
- directly inside a vararg function; 
- they are explained in < a href="#2.5.9"- >§2.5.9< /a- >. 
-   
-   
- Binary operators comprise arithmetic operators  (- see < a href="#2.5.1"- >§2.5.1< /a- > )- , 
- relational operators  (- see < a href="#2.5.2"- >§2.5.2< /a- > )- , logical operators  (- see < a href="#2.5.3"- >§2.5.3< /a- > )- , 
- and the concatenation operator  (- see < a href="#2.5.4"- >§2.5.4< /a- > )- . 
- Unary operators comprise the unary minus  (- see < a href="#2.5.1"- >§2.5.1< /a- > )- , 
- the unary < b- >not< /b- >  (- see < a href="#2.5.3"- >§2.5.3< /a- > )- , 
- and the unary < em- >length operator< /em- >  (- see < a href="#2.5.5"- >§2.5.5< /a- > )- . 
-   
-   
- Both function calls and vararg expressions can result in multiple values. 
- If an expression is used as a statement 
- (- only possible  for-  function calls  (- see < a href="#2.4.6"- >§2.4.6< /a- > ))- , 
 
- then its return list is adjusted to zero elements, 
- thus discarding all returned values. 
- If an expression is used as the last (or the only) element 
- of a list of expressions, 
- then no adjustment is made 
- (unless the call is enclosed in parentheses). 
- In all other contexts, 
- Lua adjusts the result list to one element, 
- discarding all values except the first one. 
-   
-   
- Here are some examples: 
-   
-      f()                -- adjusted to 0 results 
-      g(f(), x)          -- f() is adjusted to 1 result 
-      g(x, f())          -- g gets x plus all results from f() 
-      a,b,c = f(), x     -- f() is adjusted to 1 result (c gets nil) 
-      a,b = ...          -- a gets the first vararg parameter, b gets 
-                         -- the second (both a and b can get nil if there 
-                         -- is no corresponding vararg parameter) 
-       
-      a,b,c = x, f()     -- f() is adjusted to 2 results 
-      a,b,c = f()        -- f() is adjusted to 3 results 
-      return f()         -- returns all results from f() 
-      return ...         -- returns all received vararg parameters 
-      return x,y,f()     -- returns x, y, and all results from f() 
-      {f()}              -- creates a list with all results from f() 
-      {...}              -- creates a list with all vararg parameters 
-      {f(), nil}         -- f() is adjusted to 1 result 
-   
- Any expression enclosed in parentheses always results in only one value. 
- Thus, 
- < code- > (- f (- x,y,z ))- < /code- > is always a single  value- , 
- even if < code- >f< /code- > returns several values. 
- (- The  value-  of < code- > (- f (- x,y,z ))- < /code- > is the first  value-  returned by < code- >f< /code- > 
 
- or < b- >nil< /b- > if < code- >f< /code- > does not return any values. )
-   
-   
-   
- < h3- >2.5.1 - < a name="2.5.1"- >Arithmetic Operators< /a- >< /h3- >< p- > 
- Lua supports the usual arithmetic operators: 
- If the operands are numbers, or strings that can be converted to 
- numbers  (- see < a href="#2.2.1"- >§2.2.1< /a- > )- , 
- then all operations have the usual meaning. 
- Exponentiation works for any exponent. 
- For-  instance, < code- >x^ (- - 0.5)- < /code- > computes the inverse of the square root of < code- >x< /code- >. 
 
- Modulo is defined as 
-   
-      a % b == a - math.floor(a/b)*b 
- That is, it is the remainder of a division that rounds 
- the quotient towards minus infinity. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < h3- >2.5.2 - < a name="2.5.2"- >Relational Operators< /a- >< /h3- >< p- > 
- The relational operators in Lua are 
-   
-      ==    ~=    <     >     <=    >= 
- These operators always result in < b- >false< /b- > or < b- >true< /b- >. 
-   
-   
- Equality  (- < code- > ==- < /code- > )-  first compares the  type-  of its operands. 
- If the types are different, then the result is < b- >false< /b- >. 
- Otherwise, the values of the operands are compared. 
- Numbers and strings are compared in the usual way. 
- Objects (tables, userdata, threads, and functions) 
- are compared by < em- >reference< /em- >: 
- two objects are considered equal only if they are the < em- >same< /em- >  object- . 
- Every time you create a new object 
- (a table, userdata, thread, or function), 
- this new object is different from any previously existing object. 
-   
-   
- You can change the way that Lua compares tables and userdata  
- by using the  "eq"-  metamethod  (- see < a href="#2.8"- >§ 2.8- < /a- > )- . 
-   
-   
- The conversion  rules-  of < a href="#2.2.1"- >§2.2.1< /a- > 
- < em- >do not< /em- > apply to equality comparisons. 
- Thus, < code- > "0"==0- < /code- > evaluates to < b- >false< /b- >, 
- entries in a table. 
-   
-   
- The operator < code- >~ =- < /code- > is exactly the negation of equality  (- < code- > ==- < /code- > )- . 
-   
-   
- The order operators work as follows. 
- If both arguments are numbers, then they are compared as such. 
- Otherwise, if both arguments are strings, 
- then their values are compared according to the current locale. 
- Otherwise, Lua tries to call the "lt" or the "le" 
- metamethod  (- see < a href="#2.8"- >§ 2.8- < /a- > )- . 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < h3- >2.5.3 - < a name="2.5.3"- >Logical Operators< /a- >< /h3- >< p- > 
- The logical operators in Lua are 
- < b- >and< /b- >, < b- >or< /b- >, and < b- >not< /b- >. 
- Like the control structures  (- see < a href="#2.4.4"- >§2.4.4< /a- > )- , 
- all logical operators consider both < b- >false< /b- > and < b- >nil< /b- > as false 
- and anything else as true. 
-   
-   
- The negation operator < b- >not< /b- > always returns < b- >false< /b- > or < b- >true< /b- >. 
- The conjunction operator < b- >and< /b- > returns its first argument 
- if this  value-  is < b- >false< /b- > or < b- >nil< /b- >; 
- otherwise, < b- >and< /b- > returns its second argument. 
- The disjunction operator < b- >or< /b- > returns its first argument 
- if this  value-  is different from < b- >nil< /b- > and < b- >false< /b- >; 
- otherwise, < b- >or< /b- > returns its second argument. 
- Both < b- >and< /b- > and < b- >or< /b- > use short-cut evaluation; 
- that is, 
- the second operand is evaluated only if necessary. 
- Here are some examples: 
-   
-      10 or 20            --> 10 
-      10 or error()       --> 10 
-      nil or "a"          --> "a" 
-      nil and 10          --> nil 
-      false and error()   --> false 
-      false and nil       --> false 
-      false or nil        --> nil 
-      10 and 20           --> 20 
- (In this manual, 
- < code- >-->< /code- > indicates the result of the preceding expression. )
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < h3- >2.5.4 - < a name="2.5.4"- >Concatenation< /a- >< /h3- >< p- > 
- The string concatenation operator in Lua is 
- denoted by two dots ('<code>..</code>'). 
- If both operands are strings or numbers, then they are converted to 
- strings according to the  rules-  mentioned in < a href="#2.2.1"- >§2.2.1< /a- >. 
- Otherwise, the  "concat"-  metamethod is called  (- see < a href="#2.8"- >§ 2.8- < /a- > )- . 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < h3- >2.5.5 - < a name="2.5.5"- >The Length Operator< /a- >< /h3- > 
-   
- The length operator is denoted by the unary operator < code- >#< /code- >. 
- The length of a string is its number of bytes 
- (that is, the usual meaning of string length when each 
- character is one byte). 
-   
-   
- The length of a table < code- >t< /code- > is defined to be any 
- For-  a regular array, with non-nil values from  1-  to a given < code- >n< /code- >, 
 
- its length is exactly that < code- >n< /code- >, 
- the index of its last value. 
- If the array has "holes" 
- (- that is, < b- >nil< /b- > values between other non-nil values )- , 
 
- then < code- >#t< /code- > can be any of the indices that 
- directly precedes a < b- >nil< /b- >  value
- (- that is, it may consider any such < b- >nil< /b- >  value-  as the end of 
 
- the array).  
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < h3- >2.5.6 - < a name="2.5.6"- >Precedence< /a- >< /h3- >< p- > 
- Operator precedence in Lua follows the table below, 
- from lower to higher priority: 
-   
-      or 
-      and 
-      <     >     <=    >=    ~=    == 
-      .. 
-      +     - 
-      *     /     % 
-      not   #     - (unary) 
-      ^ 
- As usual, 
- you can use parentheses to change the precedences of an expression. 
- The concatenation ('<code>..</code>') and exponentiation ('<code>^</code>') 
- operators are right associative. 
- All other binary operators are left associative. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < h3- >2.5.7 - < a name="2.5.7"- >Table Constructors< /a- >< /h3- >< p- > 
- Table constructors are expressions that create tables. 
- Every time a constructor is evaluated, a new table is created. 
- A constructor can be used to create an empty table 
- or to create a table and initialize some of its fields. 
- The general syntax for constructors is 
-   
-         tableconstructor :: =-  `< b- > {- < /b- >´  [- fieldlist ]-  `< b- > }- < /b- >´ 
-         fieldlist ::= field {fieldsep field} [fieldsep] 
-         field :: =-  `< b- > [- < /b- >´ exp `< b- > ]- < /b- >´ `< b- > =- < /b- >´ exp |  Name-  `< b- > =- < /b- >´ exp | exp 
-         fieldsep :: =-  `< b- >,< /b- >´ | `< b- >;< /b- >´ 
-   
- Each field of the form < code- > [- exp1 ] =-  exp2< /code- > adds to the new table an entry 
- A field of the form < code- > name =-  exp< /code- > is equivalent to 
- Finally, fields of the form < code- >exp< /code- > are equivalent to 
- < code- > [- i ] =-  exp< /code- >, where < code- >i< /code- > are consecutive numerical integers, 
- starting with 1. 
- Fields in the other formats do not affect this counting. 
- For example, 
-   
-      a = { [f(1)] = g; "x", "y"; x = 1, f(x), [30] = 23; 45 } 
- is equivalent to 
-   
-      do 
-        local t = {} 
-        t[f(1)] = g 
-        t[1] = "x"         -- 1st exp 
-        t[2] = "y"         -- 2nd exp 
-        t.x = 1            -- t["x"] = 1 
-        t[3] = f(x)        -- 3rd exp 
-        t[30] = 23 
-        t[4] = 45          -- 4th exp 
-        a = t 
-      end 
-   
- If the last field in the list has the form < code- >exp< /code- > 
- and the expression is a function call or a vararg expression, 
- then all values returned by this expression enter the list consecutively 
- (- see < a href="#2.5.8"- >§2.5.8< /a- > )- . 
 
- To avoid this, 
- enclose the function call or the vararg expression 
- in parentheses  (- see < a href="#2.5"- >§ 2.5- < /a- > )- . 
-   
-   
- The field list can have an optional trailing separator, 
- as a convenience for machine-generated code. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < h3- >2.5.8 - < a name="2.5.8"- >Function Calls< /a- >< /h3- >< p- > 
- A function call in Lua has the following syntax: 
-   
-         functioncall ::= prefixexp args 
- In a function call, 
- first prefixexp and args are evaluated. 
- If the  value-  of prefixexp has  type-  < em- >function< /em- >, 
- then this function is called 
- with the given arguments. 
- Otherwise, the prefixexp "call" metamethod is called, 
- having as first parameter the value of prefixexp, 
- followed by the original call arguments 
- (- see < a href="#2.8"- >§ 2.8- < /a- > )- . 
 
-   
-   
- The form 
-   
-         functioncall :: =-  prefixexp `< b- >:< /b- >´  Name-  args 
- can be used to call "methods". 
- is syntactic sugar  for-  < code- >v. name(- v,< em- >args< /em- > )- < /code- >, 
- except that < code- >v< /code- > is evaluated only once. 
-   
-   
- Arguments have the following syntax: 
-   
-         args :: =-  `< b- > (- < /b- >´  [- explist ]-  `< b- > )- < /b- >´ 
-         args ::= tableconstructor 
-         args ::= String 
- All argument expressions are evaluated before the call. 
- that is, the argument list is a single new table. 
- A call of the form < code- >f '<em>string</em>'- < /code- > 
- is syntactic sugar  for-  < code- >f ('<em>string</em>')- < /code- >; 
- that is, the argument list is a single literal string. 
-   
-   
- As an exception to the free-format syntax of Lua, 
- you cannot put a line break before the '<code>(</code>' in a function call. 
- This restriction avoids some ambiguities in the language. 
- If you write 
-   
-      a = f 
-      (g).x(a) 
- Lua would see that as a single statement, < code- >a  =-  f (- g )- .x (- a )- < /code- >. 
- So, if you want two statements, you must add a semi-colon between them. 
- If you actually want to call < code- >f< /code- >, 
- you must remove the line break before < code- > (- g )- < /code- >. 
-   
-   
- A call of the form < code- >return< /code- > < em- >functioncall< /em- > is called 
- Lua implements < em- >proper tail calls< /em- > 
- (- or < em- >proper tail recursion< /em- > )- : 
 
- in a tail call, 
- the called function reuses the stack entry of the calling function. 
- Therefore, there is no limit on the number of nested tail calls that 
- a program can execute. 
- However, a tail call erases any debug information about the 
- calling function. 
- Note that a tail call only happens with a particular syntax, 
- where the < b- >return< /b- > has one single function call as argument; 
- this syntax makes the calling function return exactly 
- the returns of the called function. 
- So, none of the following examples are tail calls: 
-   
-      return (f(x))        -- results adjusted to 1 
-      return 2 * f(x) 
-      return x, f(x)       -- additional results 
-      f(x); return         -- results discarded 
-      return x or f(x)     -- results adjusted to 1 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < h3- >2.5.9 - < a name="2.5.9"- >Function Definitions< /a- >< /h3- > 
-   
- The syntax for function definition is 
-   
-         function :: =-  < b- >function< /b- > funcbody 
-         funcbody :: =-  `< b- > (- < /b- >´  [- parlist ]-  `< b- > )- < /b- >´ block < b- >end< /b- > 
-   
- The following syntactic sugar simplifies function definitions: 
-   
-         stat :: =-  < b- >function< /b- > funcname funcbody 
-         stat :: =-  < b- >local< /b- > < b- >function< /b- >  Name-  funcbody 
-         funcname :: = Name {- `< b- >.< /b- >´  Name} [- `< b- >:< /b- >´  Name]
- The statement 
-   
-      function f  ()-  < em- >body< /em- > end 
- translates to 
-   
-      f  =-  function  ()-  < em- >body< /em- > end 
- The statement 
-   
-      function t.a.b.c.f  ()-  < em- >body< /em- > end 
- translates to 
-   
-      t.a.b.c.f  =-  function  ()-  < em- >body< /em- > end 
- The statement 
-   
-      local function f  ()-  < em- >body< /em- > end 
- translates to 
-   
-      local f; f  =-  function  ()-  < em- >body< /em- > end 
-   
-      local f  =-  function  ()-  < em- >body< /em- > end 
- (This only makes a difference when the body of the function 
-   
-   
- A function definition is an executable expression, 
- whose  value-  has  type-  < em- >function< /em- >. 
- When Lua pre-compiles a chunk, 
- all its function bodies are pre-compiled too. 
- Then, whenever Lua executes the function definition, 
- the function is < em- >instantiated< /em- >  (- or < em- >closed< /em- > )- . 
- This function instance  (- or < em- >closure< /em- > )
- is the final value of the expression. 
- Different instances of the same function 
- can refer to different  external local variables 
- and can have different environment tables. 
-   
-   
- Parameters act as local variables that are 
- initialized with the argument values: 
-   
-         parlist :: =-  namelist  [- `< b- >,< /b- >´ `< b- >...< /b- >´ ]-  | `< b- >...< /b- >´ 
- When a function is called, 
- the list of arguments is adjusted to 
- the length of the list of parameters, 
- unless the function is a variadic or < em- >vararg function< /em- >, 
- which is 
- indicated by three dots ('<code>...</code>') at the end of its parameter list. 
- A vararg function does not adjust its argument list; 
- instead, it collects all extra arguments and supplies them 
- to the function through a < em- >vararg expression< /em- >, 
- which is also written as three dots. 
- The value of this expression is a list of all actual extra arguments, 
- similar to a function with multiple results. 
- If a vararg expression is used inside another expression 
- or in the middle of a list of expressions, 
- then its return list is adjusted to one element. 
- If the expression is used as the last element of a list of expressions, 
- then no adjustment is made 
- (unless that last expression is enclosed in parentheses). 
-   
-   
- As an example, consider the following definitions: 
-   
-      function f(a, b) end 
-      function g(a, b, ...) end 
-      function r() return 1,2,3 end 
- Then, we have the following mapping from arguments to parameters and 
- to the vararg expression: 
-   
-      CALL            PARAMETERS 
-       
-      f(3)             a=3, b=nil 
-      f(3, 4)          a=3, b=4 
-      f(3, 4, 5)       a=3, b=4 
-      f(r(), 10)       a=1, b=10 
-      f(r())           a=1, b=2 
-       
-      g(3)             a=3, b=nil, ... -->  (nothing) 
-      g(3, 4)          a=3, b=4,   ... -->  (nothing) 
-      g(3, 4, 5, 8)    a=3, b=4,   ... -->  5  8 
-      g(5, r())        a=5, b=1,   ... -->  2  3 
-   
- Results are returned using the < b- >return< /b- > statement  (- see < a href="#2.4.4"- >§2.4.4< /a- > )- . 
- If control reaches the end of a function 
- without encountering a < b- >return< /b- > statement, 
- then the function returns with no results. 
-   
-   
- The < em- >colon< /em- > syntax 
- is used  for-  defining < em- >methods< /em- >, 
- that is, functions that have an implicit extra parameter < code- >self< /code- >. 
- Thus, the statement 
-   
-      function t.a.b.c:f  (- < em- >params< /em- > )-  < em- >body< /em- > end 
- is syntactic sugar for 
-   
-      t.a.b.c.f  =-  function  (- self, < em- >params< /em- > )-  < em- >body< /em- > end 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < h2- > 2.6-  - < a name="2.6"- >Visibility Rules< /a- >< /h2- > 
-   
-   
- Lua is a lexically scoped language. 
- The  scope-  of variables begins at the first statement < em- >after< /em- > 
- their declaration and lasts until the end of the innermost block that 
- includes the declaration. 
- Consider the following example: 
-   
-      x = 10                -- global variable 
-      do                    -- new block 
-        local x = x         -- new 'x', with value 10 
-        print(x)            --> 10 
-        x = x+1 
-        do                  -- another block 
-          local x = x+1     -- another 'x' 
-          print(x)          --> 12 
-        end 
-        print(x)            --> 11 
-      end 
-      print(x)              --> 10  (the global one) 
-   
- Notice that, in a declaration like < code- >local x  =-  x< /code- >, 
- the new < code- >x< /code- > being declared is not in  scope-  yet, 
- and so the second < code- >x< /code- > refers to the outside variable. 
-   
-   
- Because of the lexical scoping rules, 
- local variables can be freely accessed by functions 
- defined inside their scope. 
- A local variable used by an inner function is called 
- an < em- >upvalue< /em- >, or < em- >external local variable< /em- >, 
- inside the inner function. 
-   
-   
- Notice that each execution of a < b- >local< /b- > statement 
- defines new local variables. 
- Consider the following example: 
-   
-      a = {} 
-      local x = 20 
-      for i=1,10 do 
-        local y = 0 
-        a[i] = function () y=y+1; return x+y end 
-      end 
- The loop creates ten closures 
- (that is, ten instances of the anonymous function). 
- Each of these closures uses a different < code- >y< /code- > variable, 
- while all of them share the same < code- >x< /code- >. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < h2- > 2.7-  - < a name="2.7"- >Error Handling< /a- >< /h2- > 
-   
- Because Lua is an embedded extension language, 
- all Lua actions start from C code in the host program 
- calling a function from the Lua library  (- see < a href="#lua_pcall"- >< code- >lua_pcall< /code- >< /a- > )- . 
- Whenever an error occurs during Lua compilation or execution, 
- control returns to C, 
- which can take appropriate measures 
- (such as printing an error message). 
-   
-   
- Lua code can explicitly generate an error by calling the 
- < a href="#pdf-error"- >< code- >error< /code- >< /a- > function. 
- If you need to catch errors in Lua, 
- you can use the < a href="#pdf-pcall"- >< code- >pcall< /code- >< /a- > function. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < h2- > 2.8-  - < a name="2.8"- >Metatables< /a- >< /h2- > 
-   
- Every  value-  in Lua can have a < em- >metatable< /em- >. 
- This < em- >metatable< /em- > is an ordinary Lua table 
- that defines the behavior of the original value 
- under certain special operations. 
- You can change several aspects of the behavior 
- of operations over a value by setting specific fields in its metatable. 
- For instance, when a non-numeric value is the operand of an addition, 
- Lua checks  for-  a function in the field < code- > "__add"- < /code- > in its metatable. 
- If it finds one, 
- Lua calls this function to perform the addition. 
-   
-   
- We call the keys in a metatable < em- >events< /em- > 
- and the values < em- >metamethods< /em- >. 
- In the previous example, the event is < code- > "add"- < /code- >  
- and the metamethod is the function that performs the addition. 
-   
-   
- You can query the metatable of any value 
- through the < a href="#pdf-getmetatable"- >< code- >getmetatable< /code- >< /a- > function. 
-   
-   
- You can replace the metatable of tables 
- through the < a href="#pdf-setmetatable"- >< code- >setmetatable< /code- >< /a- > 
- function. 
- You cannot change the metatable of other types from Lua 
- (except by using the debug library); 
- you must use the C API for that. 
-   
-   
- Tables and full userdata have individual metatables 
- (although multiple tables and userdata can share their metatables). 
- Values of all other types share one single metatable per type; 
- that is, there is one single metatable for all numbers, 
- one for all strings, etc. 
-   
-   
- A metatable controls how an object behaves in arithmetic operations, 
- order comparisons, concatenation, length operation, and indexing. 
- A metatable also can define a function to be called when a userdata 
- is garbage collected. 
- For each of these operations Lua associates a specific key 
- called an < em- >event< /em- >. 
- When Lua performs one of these operations over a value, 
- it checks whether this value has a metatable with the corresponding event. 
- If so, the value associated with that key (the metamethod) 
- controls how Lua will perform the operation. 
-   
-   
- Metatables control the operations listed next. 
- Each operation is identified by its corresponding name. 
- The key for each operation is a string with its name prefixed by 
- two underscores, '<code>__</code>'; 
- for instance, the key for operation "add" is the 
- The semantics of these operations is better explained by a Lua function 
- describing how the interpreter executes the operation. 
-   
-   
- The code shown here in Lua is only illustrative; 
- the real behavior is hard coded in the interpreter 
- and it is much more efficient than this simulation. 
- All functions used in these descriptions 
- (- < a href="#pdf-rawget"- >< code- >rawget< /code- >< /a- >, < a href="#pdf-tonumber"- >< code- >tonumber< /code- >< /a- >, etc. )
 
- are described in < a href="#5.1"- >§ 5.1- < /a- >. 
- In particular, to retrieve the metamethod of a given object, 
- we use the expression 
-   
-      metatable(obj)[event] 
- This should be read as 
-   
-      rawget(getmetatable(obj) or {}, event) 
-   
- That is, the access to a metamethod does not invoke other metamethods, 
- and the access to objects with no metatables does not fail 
- (- it simply results in < b- >nil< /b- > )- . 
 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- The function < code- >getbinhandler< /code- > below defines how Lua chooses a handler 
- for a binary operation. 
- First, Lua tries the first operand. 
- If its type does not define a handler for the operation, 
- then Lua tries the second operand. 
-   
-      function getbinhandler (op1, op2, event) 
-        return metatable(op1)[event] or metatable(op2)[event] 
-      end 
- By using this function, 
- the behavior of the < code- >op1 + op2< /code- > is 
-   
-      function add_event (op1, op2) 
-        local o1, o2 = tonumber(op1), tonumber(op2) 
-        if o1 and o2 then  -- both operands are numeric? 
-          return o1 + o2   -- '+' here is the primitive 'add' 
-        else  -- at least one of the operands is not numeric 
-          local h = getbinhandler(op1, op2, "__add") 
-          if h then 
-            -- call the handler with both operands 
-            return (h(op1, op2)) 
-          else  -- no handler available: default behavior 
-            error(···) 
-          end 
-        end 
-      end 
-   
-   
- Behavior similar to the "add" operation. 
-   
-   
- Behavior similar to the "add" operation. 
-   
-   
- Behavior similar to the "add" operation. 
-   
-   
- Behavior similar to the "add" operation, 
- with the operation 
- < code- >o1 - floor (- o1 /- o2 )- *o2< /code- > as the primitive operation. 
-   
- the < code- >^< /code- >  (- exponentiation )-  operation. 
-   
- Behavior similar to the "add" operation, 
- with the function < code- >pow< /code- >  (- from the C math library )
- as the primitive operation. 
-   
-   
-   
-      function unm_event (op) 
-        local o = tonumber(op) 
-        if o then  -- operand is numeric? 
-          return -o  -- '-' here is the primitive 'unm' 
-        else  -- the operand is not numeric. 
-          -- Try to get a handler from the operand 
-          local h = metatable(op).__unm 
-          if h then 
-            -- call the handler with the operand 
-            return (h(op)) 
-          else  -- no handler available: default behavior 
-            error(···) 
-          end 
-        end 
-      end 
-   
- the < code- >..< /code- >  (- concatenation )-  operation. 
-   
-   
-      function concat_event (op1, op2) 
-        if (type(op1) == "string" or type(op1) == "number") and 
-           (type(op2) == "string" or type(op2) == "number") then 
-          return op1 .. op2  -- primitive string concatenation 
-        else 
-          local h = getbinhandler(op1, op2, "__concat") 
-          if h then 
-            return (h(op1, op2)) 
-          else 
-            error(···) 
-          end 
-        end 
-      end 
-   
-   
-   
-      function len_event (op) 
-        if type(op) == "string" then 
-          return strlen(op)         -- primitive string length 
-        elseif type(op) == "table" then 
-          return #op                -- primitive table length 
-        else 
-          local h = metatable(op).__len 
-          if h then 
-            -- call the handler with the operand 
-            return (h(op)) 
-          else  -- no handler available: default behavior 
-            error(···) 
-          end 
-        end 
-      end 
- See < a href="#2.5.5"- >§2.5.5< /a- >  for-  a description of the length of a table. 
-   
-   
- The function < code- >getcomphandler< /code- > defines how Lua chooses a metamethod 
- for comparison operators. 
- A metamethod only is selected when both objects 
- being compared have the same type 
- and the same metamethod for the selected operation. 
-   
-      function getcomphandler (op1, op2, event) 
-        if type(op1) ~= type(op2) then return nil end 
-        local mm1 = metatable(op1)[event] 
-        local mm2 = metatable(op2)[event] 
-        if mm1 == mm2 then return mm1 else return nil end 
-      end 
- The "eq" event is defined as follows: 
-   
-      function eq_event (op1, op2) 
-        if type(op1) ~= type(op2) then  -- different types? 
-          return false   -- different objects 
-        end 
-        if op1 == op2 then   -- primitive equal? 
-          return true   -- objects are equal 
-        end 
-        -- try metamethod 
-        local h = getcomphandler(op1, op2, "__eq") 
-        if h then 
-          return (h(op1, op2)) 
-        else 
-          return false 
-        end 
-      end 
-   
-   
-   
-      function lt_event (op1, op2) 
-        if type(op1) == "number" and type(op2) == "number" then 
-          return op1 < op2   -- numeric comparison 
-        elseif type(op1) == "string" and type(op2) == "string" then 
-          return op1 < op2   -- lexicographic comparison 
-        else 
-          local h = getcomphandler(op1, op2, "__lt") 
-          if h then 
-            return (h(op1, op2)) 
-          else 
-            error(···) 
-          end 
-        end 
-      end 
-   
-   
-   
-      function le_event (op1, op2) 
-        if type(op1) == "number" and type(op2) == "number" then 
-          return op1 <= op2   -- numeric comparison 
-        elseif type(op1) == "string" and type(op2) == "string" then 
-          return op1 <= op2   -- lexicographic comparison 
-        else 
-          local h = getcomphandler(op1, op2, "__le") 
-          if h then 
-            return (h(op1, op2)) 
-          else 
-            h = getcomphandler(op1, op2, "__lt") 
-            if h then 
-              return not h(op2, op1) 
-            else 
-              error(···) 
-            end 
-          end 
-        end 
-      end 
- Note that, in the absence of a "le" metamethod, 
- Lua tries the  "lt"- , assuming that < code- >a < =-  b< /code- > is 
- equivalent to < code- >not  (- b < a )- < /code- >. 
-   
- The indexing access < code- >table [- key ]- < /code- >. 
-   
-   
-      function gettable_event (table, key) 
-        local h 
-        if type(table) == "table" then 
-          local v = rawget(table, key) 
-          if v ~= nil then return v end 
-          h = metatable(table).__index 
-          if h == nil then return nil end 
-        else 
-          h = metatable(table).__index 
-          if h == nil then 
-            error(···) 
-          end 
-        end 
-        if type(h) == "function" then 
-          return (h(table, key))     -- call the handler 
-        else return h[key]           -- or repeat operation on it 
-        end 
-      end 
-   
- The indexing assignment < code- >table [- key ] =-  value< /code- >. 
-   
-   
-      function settable_event (table, key, value) 
-        local h 
-        if type(table) == "table" then 
-          local v = rawget(table, key) 
-          if v ~= nil then rawset(table, key, value); return end 
-          h = metatable(table).__newindex 
-          if h == nil then rawset(table, key, value); return end 
-        else 
-          h = metatable(table).__newindex 
-          if h == nil then 
-            error(···) 
-          end 
-        end 
-        if type(h) == "function" then 
-          h(table, key,value)           -- call the handler 
-        else h[key] = value             -- or repeat operation on it 
-        end 
-      end 
-   
- called when Lua calls a value. 
-   
-   
-      function function_event (func, ...) 
-        if type(func) == "function" then 
-          return func(...)   -- primitive call 
-        else 
-          local h = metatable(func).__call 
-          if h then 
-            return h(func, ...) 
-          else 
-            error(···) 
-          end 
-        end 
-      end 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < h2- > 2.9-  - < a name="2.9"- >Environments< /a- >< /h2- > 
-   
- Besides metatables, 
- objects of types thread, function, and userdata 
- have another table associated with them, 
- called their < em- >environment< /em- >. 
- Like metatables, environments are regular tables and 
- multiple objects can share the same environment. 
-   
-   
- Threads are created sharing the environment of the creating thread. 
- Userdata and C functions are created sharing the environment 
- of the creating C function. 
- Non-nested Lua functions 
- (- created by < a href="#pdf-loadfile"- >< code- >loadfile< /code- >< /a- >, < a href="#pdf-loadstring"- >< code- >loadstring< /code- >< /a- > or < a href="#pdf-load"- >< code- >load< /code- >< /a- > )
 
- are created sharing the environment of the creating thread. 
- Nested Lua functions are created sharing the environment of 
- the creating Lua function. 
-   
-   
- Environments associated with userdata have no meaning for Lua. 
- It is only a convenience feature for programmers to associate a table to 
- a userdata. 
-   
-   
- Environments associated with threads are called 
- < em- >global environments< /em- >. 
- They are used as the default environment for threads and 
- non-nested Lua functions created by the thread 
- and can be directly accessed by C  code (- see < a href="#3.3"- >§ 3.3- < /a- > )- . 
-   
-   
- The environment associated with a C function can be directly 
- accessed by C  code (- see < a href="#3.3"- >§ 3.3- < /a- > )- . 
- It is used as the default environment for other C functions 
- and userdata created by the function. 
-   
-   
- Environments associated with Lua functions are used to resolve 
- all accesses to global variables within the function  (- see < a href="#2.3"- >§ 2.3- < /a- > )- . 
- They are used as the default environment for nested Lua functions 
- created by the function. 
-   
-   
- You can change the environment of a Lua function or the 
- running thread by calling < a href="#pdf-setfenv"- >< code- >setfenv< /code- >< /a- >. 
- You can get the environment of a Lua function or the running thread 
- by calling < a href="#pdf-getfenv"- >< code- >getfenv< /code- >< /a- >. 
- To manipulate the environment of other objects 
- (userdata, C functions, other threads) you must 
- use the C API. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < h2- > 2.10-  - < a name="2.10"- >Garbage Collection< /a- >< /h2- > 
-   
- Lua performs automatic memory management. 
- This means that 
- you have to worry neither about allocating memory for new objects 
- nor about freeing it when the objects are no longer needed. 
- Lua manages memory automatically by running 
- a < em- >garbage collector< /em- > from time to time 
- to collect all < em- >dead objects< /em- > 
- (that is, objects that are no longer accessible from Lua). 
- All memory used by Lua is subject to automatic management: 
- tables, userdata, functions, threads, strings, etc. 
-   
-   
- Lua implements an incremental mark-and-sweep collector. 
- It uses two numbers to control its garbage-collection cycles: 
- the < em- >garbage-collector pause< /em- > and 
- the < em- >garbage-collector step multiplier< /em- >. 
- Both use percentage points as units 
- (so that a value of 100 means an internal value of 1). 
-   
-   
- The garbage-collector pause 
- controls how long the collector waits before starting a new cycle. 
- Larger values make the collector less aggressive. 
- Values smaller than 100 mean the collector will not wait to 
- start a new cycle. 
- A value of 200 means that the collector waits for the total memory in use 
- to double before starting a new cycle. 
-   
-   
- The step multiplier 
- controls the relative speed of the collector relative to 
- memory allocation. 
- Larger values make the collector more aggressive but also increase 
- the size of each incremental step. 
- Values smaller than 100 make the collector too slow and 
- can result in the collector never finishing a cycle. 
- The default, 200, means that the collector runs at "twice" 
- the speed of memory allocation. 
-   
-   
- You can change these numbers by calling < a href="#lua_gc"- >< code- >lua_gc< /code- >< /a- > in C 
- or < a href="#pdf-collectgarbage"- >< code- >collectgarbage< /code- >< /a- > in Lua. 
- With these functions you can also control  
- the collector directly (e.g., stop and restart it). 
-   
-   
-   
- < h3- >2.10.1 - < a name="2.10.1"- >Garbage-Collection Metamethods< /a- >< /h3- > 
-   
- Using the C API, 
- you can set garbage-collector metamethods  for-  userdata  (- see < a href="#2.8"- >§ 2.8- < /a- > )- . 
- These metamethods are also called < em- >finalizers< /em- >. 
- Finalizers allow you to coordinate Lua's garbage collection 
- with external resource management 
- (such as closing files, network or database connections, 
- or freeing your own memory). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Garbage userdata with a field <code>__gc</code> in their metatables are not 
- collected immediately by the garbage collector. 
- Instead, Lua puts them in a list. 
- After the collection, 
- Lua does the equivalent of the following function 
- for each userdata in that list: 
-   
- <pre> 
-      function gc_event (udata) 
-        local h = metatable(udata).__gc 
-        if h then 
-          h(udata) 
-        end 
-      end 
- </pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- At the end of each garbage-collection cycle, 
- the finalizers for userdata are called in <em>reverse</em> 
- order of their creation, 
- among those collected in that cycle. 
- That is, the first finalizer to be called is the one associated 
- with the userdata created last in the program. 
- The userdata itself is freed only in the next garbage-collection cycle. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h3>2.10.2 - <a name="2.10.2">Weak Tables</a></h3> 
-   
- <p> 
- A <em>weak table</em> is a table whose elements are 
- <em>weak references</em>. 
- A weak reference is ignored by the garbage collector. 
- In other words, 
- if the only references to an object are weak references, 
- then the garbage collector will collect this object. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- A weak table can have weak keys, weak values, or both. 
- A table with weak keys allows the collection of its keys, 
- but prevents the collection of its values. 
- A table with both weak keys and weak values allows the collection of 
- both keys and values. 
- In any case, if either the key or the value is collected, 
- the whole pair is removed from the table. 
- The weakness of a table is controlled by the 
- <code>__mode</code> field of its metatable. 
- If the <code>__mode</code> field is a string containing the character '- < code- >k< /code- > ',
 
- the keys in the table are weak. 
- If <code>__mode</code> contains '- < code- >v< /code- > ',
 
- the values in the table are weak. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- After you use a table as a metatable, 
- you should not change the value of its <code>__mode</code> field. 
- Otherwise, the weak behavior of the tables controlled by this 
- metatable is undefined. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h2>2.11 - <a name="2.11">Coroutines</a></h2> 
-   
- <p> 
- Lua supports coroutines, 
- also called <em>collaborative multithreading</em>. 
- A coroutine in Lua represents an independent thread of execution. 
- Unlike threads in multithread systems, however, 
- a coroutine only suspends its execution by explicitly calling 
- a yield function. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- You create a coroutine with a call to <a href="#pdf-coroutine.create"><code>coroutine.create</code></a>. 
- Its sole argument is a function 
- that is the main function of the coroutine. 
- The <code>create</code> function only creates a new coroutine and 
- returns a handle to it (an object of type <em>thread</em>); 
- it does not start the coroutine execution. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- When you first call <a href="#pdf-coroutine.resume"><code>coroutine.resume</code></a>, 
- passing as its first argument 
- a thread returned by <a href="#pdf-coroutine.create"><code>coroutine.create</code></a>, 
- the coroutine starts its execution, 
- at the first line of its main function. 
- Extra arguments passed to <a href="#pdf-coroutine.resume"><code>coroutine.resume</code></a> are passed on 
- to the coroutine main function. 
- After the coroutine starts running, 
- it runs until it terminates or <em>yields</em>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- A coroutine can terminate its execution in two ways: 
- normally, when its main function returns 
- (explicitly or implicitly, after the last instruction); 
- and abnormally, if there is an unprotected error. 
- In the first case, <a href="#pdf-coroutine.resume"><code>coroutine.resume</code></a> returns <b>true</b>, 
- plus any values returned by the coroutine main function. 
- In case of errors, <a href="#pdf-coroutine.resume"><code>coroutine.resume</code></a> returns <b>false</b> 
- plus an error message. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- A coroutine yields by calling <a href="#pdf-coroutine.yield"><code>coroutine.yield</code></a>. 
- When a coroutine yields, 
- the corresponding <a href="#pdf-coroutine.resume"><code>coroutine.resume</code></a> returns immediately, 
- even if the yield happens inside nested function calls 
- (that is, not in the main function, 
- but in a function directly or indirectly called by the main function). 
- In the case of a yield, <a href="#pdf-coroutine.resume"><code>coroutine.resume</code></a> also returns <b>true</b>, 
- plus any values passed to <a href="#pdf-coroutine.yield"><code>coroutine.yield</code></a>. 
- The next time you resume the same coroutine, 
- it continues its execution from the point where it yielded, 
- with the call to <a href="#pdf-coroutine.yield"><code>coroutine.yield</code></a> returning any extra 
- arguments passed to <a href="#pdf-coroutine.resume"><code>coroutine.resume</code></a>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Like <a href="#pdf-coroutine.create"><code>coroutine.create</code></a>, 
- the <a href="#pdf-coroutine.wrap"><code>coroutine.wrap</code></a> function also creates a coroutine, 
- but instead of returning the coroutine itself, 
- it returns a function that, when called, resumes the coroutine. 
- Any arguments passed to this function 
- go as extra arguments to <a href="#pdf-coroutine.resume"><code>coroutine.resume</code></a>. 
- <a href="#pdf-coroutine.wrap"><code>coroutine.wrap</code></a> returns all the values returned by <a href="#pdf-coroutine.resume"><code>coroutine.resume</code></a>, 
- except the first one (the boolean error code). 
- Unlike <a href="#pdf-coroutine.resume"><code>coroutine.resume</code></a>, 
- <a href="#pdf-coroutine.wrap"><code>coroutine.wrap</code></a> does not catch errors; 
- any error is propagated to the caller. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- As an example, 
- consider the following code: 
-   
- <pre> 
-      function foo (a) 
-        print("foo", a) 
-        return coroutine.yield(2*a) 
-      end 
-       
-      co = coroutine.create(function (a,b) 
-            print("co-body", a, b) 
-            local r = foo(a+1) 
-            print("co-body", r) 
-            local r, s = coroutine.yield(a+b, a-b) 
-            print("co-body", r, s) 
-            return b, "end" 
-      end) 
-              
-      print("main", coroutine.resume(co, 1, 10)) 
-      print("main", coroutine.resume(co, "r")) 
-      print("main", coroutine.resume(co, "x", "y")) 
-      print("main", coroutine.resume(co, "x", "y")) 
- </pre><p> 
- When you run it, it produces the following output: 
-   
- <pre> 
-      co-body 1       10 
-      foo     2 
-       
-      main    true    4 
-      co-body r 
-      main    true    11      -9 
-      co-body x       y 
-      main    true    10      end 
-      main    false   cannot resume dead coroutine 
- </pre> 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h1>3 - <a name="3">The Application Program Interface</a></h1> 
-   
- <p> 
-   
- This section describes the C API for Lua, that is, 
- the set of C functions available to the host program to communicate 
- with Lua. 
- All API functions and related types and constants 
- are declared in the header file <a name="pdf-lua.h"><code>lua.h</code></a>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Even when we use the term "function", 
- any facility in the API may be provided as a macro instead. 
- All such macros use each of their arguments exactly once 
- (except for the first argument, which is always a Lua state), 
- and so do not generate any hidden side-effects. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- As in most C libraries, 
- the Lua API functions do not check their arguments for validity or consistency. 
- However, you can change this behavior by compiling Lua 
- with a proper definition for the macro <a name="pdf-luai_apicheck"><code>luai_apicheck</code></a>, 
- in file <code>luaconf.h</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
- <h2>3.1 - <a name="3.1">The Stack</a></h2> 
-   
- <p> 
- Lua uses a <em>virtual stack</em> to pass values to and from C. 
- Each element in this stack represents a Lua value 
- (<b>nil</b>, number, string, etc.). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Whenever Lua calls C, the called function gets a new stack, 
- which is independent of previous stacks and of stacks of 
- C functions that are still active. 
- This stack initially contains any arguments to the C function 
- and it is where the C function pushes its results 
- to be returned to the caller (see <a href="#lua_CFunction"><code>lua_CFunction</code></a>). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- For convenience, 
- most query operations in the API do not follow a strict stack discipline. 
- Instead, they can refer to any element in the stack 
- by using an <em>index</em>: 
- A positive index represents an <em>absolute</em> stack position 
- (starting at 1); 
- a negative index represents an <em>offset</em> relative to the top of the stack. 
- More specifically, if the stack has <em>n</em> elements, 
- then index 1 represents the first element 
- (that is, the element that was pushed onto the stack first) 
- and 
- index <em>n</em> represents the last element; 
- index -1 also represents the last element 
- (that is, the element at the top) 
- and index <em>-n</em> represents the first element. 
- We say that an index is <em>valid</em> 
- if it lies between 1 and the stack top 
- (that is, if <code>1 ≤ abs(index) ≤ top</code>). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h2>3.2 - <a name="3.2">Stack Size</a></h2> 
-   
- <p> 
- When you interact with Lua API, 
- you are responsible for ensuring consistency. 
- In particular, 
- <em>you are responsible for controlling stack overflow</em>. 
- You can use the function <a href="#lua_checkstack"><code>lua_checkstack</code></a> 
- to grow the stack size. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Whenever Lua calls C, 
- it ensures that at least <a name="pdf-LUA_MINSTACK"><code>LUA_MINSTACK</code></a> stack positions are available. 
- <code>LUA_MINSTACK</code> is defined as 20, 
- so that usually you do not have to worry about stack space 
- unless your code has loops pushing elements onto the stack. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Most query functions accept as indices any value inside the 
- available stack space, that is, indices up to the maximum stack size 
- you have set through <a href="#lua_checkstack"><code>lua_checkstack</code></a>. 
- Such indices are called <em>acceptable indices</em>. 
- More formally, we define an <em>acceptable index</em> 
- as follows: 
-   
- <pre> 
-      (index < 0 && abs(index) <= top) || 
-      (index > 0 && index <= stackspace) 
- </pre><p> 
- Note that 0 is never an acceptable index. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h2>3.3 - <a name="3.3">Pseudo-Indices</a></h2> 
-   
- <p> 
- Unless otherwise noted, 
- any function that accepts valid indices can also be called with 
- <em>pseudo-indices</em>, 
- which represent some Lua values that are accessible to C code 
- but which are not in the stack. 
- Pseudo-indices are used to access the thread environment, 
- the function environment, 
- the registry, 
- and the upvalues of a C function (see <a href="#3.4">§3.4</a>). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The thread environment (where global variables live) is 
- always at pseudo-index <a name="pdf-LUA_GLOBALSINDEX"><code>LUA_GLOBALSINDEX</code></a>. 
- The environment of the running C function is always 
- at pseudo-index <a name="pdf-LUA_ENVIRONINDEX"><code>LUA_ENVIRONINDEX</code></a>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- To access and change the value of global variables, 
- you can use regular table operations over an environment table. 
- For instance, to access the value of a global variable, do 
-   
- <pre> 
-      lua_getfield(L, LUA_GLOBALSINDEX, varname); 
- </pre> 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h2>3.4 - <a name="3.4">C Closures</a></h2> 
-   
- <p> 
- When a C function is created, 
- it is possible to associate some values with it, 
- thus creating a <em>C closure</em>; 
- these values are called <em>upvalues</em> and are 
- accessible to the function whenever it is called 
- (see <a href="#lua_pushcclosure"><code>lua_pushcclosure</code></a>). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Whenever a C function is called, 
- its upvalues are located at specific pseudo-indices. 
- These pseudo-indices are produced by the macro 
- <a name="lua_upvalueindex"><code>lua_upvalueindex</code></a>. 
- The first value associated with a function is at position 
- <code>lua_upvalueindex(1)</code>, and so on. 
- Any access to <code>lua_upvalueindex(<em>n</em>)</code>, 
- where <em>n</em> is greater than the number of upvalues of the 
- current function (but not greater than 256), 
- produces an acceptable (but invalid) index. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h2>3.5 - <a name="3.5">Registry</a></h2> 
-   
- <p> 
- Lua provides a <em>registry</em>, 
- a pre-defined table that can be used by any C code to 
- store whatever Lua value it needs to store. 
- This table is always located at pseudo-index 
- <a name="pdf-LUA_REGISTRYINDEX"><code>LUA_REGISTRYINDEX</code></a>. 
- Any C library can store data into this table, 
- but it should take care to choose keys different from those used 
- by other libraries, to avoid collisions. 
- Typically, you should use as key a string containing your library name 
- or a light userdata with the address of a C object in your code. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The integer keys in the registry are used by the reference mechanism, 
- implemented by the auxiliary library, 
- and therefore should not be used for other purposes. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h2>3.6 - <a name="3.6">Error Handling in C</a></h2> 
-   
- <p> 
- Internally, Lua uses the C <code>longjmp</code> facility to handle errors. 
- (You can also choose to use exceptions if you use C++; 
- see file <code>luaconf.h</code>.) 
- When Lua faces any error 
- (such as memory allocation errors, type errors, syntax errors, 
- and runtime errors) 
- it <em>raises</em> an error; 
- that is, it does a long jump. 
- A <em>protected environment</em> uses <code>setjmp</code> 
- to set a recover point; 
- any error jumps to the most recent active recover point. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Most functions in the API can throw an error, 
- for instance due to a memory allocation error. 
- The documentation for each function indicates whether 
- it can throw errors. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Inside a C function you can throw an error by calling <a href="#lua_error"><code>lua_error</code></a>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h2>3.7 - <a name="3.7">Functions and Types</a></h2> 
-   
- <p> 
- Here we list all functions and types from the C API in 
- alphabetical order. 
- Each function has an indicator like this: 
- <span class="apii">[-o, +p, <em>x</em>]</span> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The first field, <code>o</code>, 
- is how many elements the function pops from the stack. 
- The second field, <code>p</code>, 
- is how many elements the function pushes onto the stack. 
- (Any function always pushes its results after popping its arguments.) 
- A field in the form <code>x|y</code> means the function can push (or pop) 
- <code>x</code> or <code>y</code> elements, 
- depending on the situation; 
- an interrogation mark '- < code- >?< /code- > ' means that
 
- we cannot know how many elements the function pops/pushes 
- by looking only at its arguments 
- (e.g., they may depend on what is on the stack). 
- The third field, <code>x</code>, 
- tells whether the function may throw errors: 
- '- < code- >-< /code- > ' means the function never throws any error;
 
- '- < code- >m< /code- > ' means the function may throw an error
 
- only due to not enough memory; 
- '- < code- >e< /code- > ' means the function may throw other kinds of errors;
 
- '- < code- >v< /code- > ' means the function may throw an error on purpose.
 
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_Alloc"><code>lua_Alloc</code></a></h3> 
- <pre>typedef void * (*lua_Alloc) (void *ud, 
-                              void *ptr, 
-                              size_t osize, 
-                              size_t nsize);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- The type of the memory-allocation function used by Lua states. 
- The allocator function must provide a 
- functionality similar to <code>realloc</code>, 
- but not exactly the same. 
- Its arguments are 
- <code>ud</code>, an opaque pointer passed to <a href="#lua_newstate"><code>lua_newstate</code></a>; 
- <code>ptr</code>, a pointer to the block being allocated/reallocated/freed; 
- <code>osize</code>, the original size of the block; 
- <code>nsize</code>, the new size of the block. 
- <code>ptr</code> is <code>NULL</code> if and only if <code>osize</code> is zero. 
- When <code>nsize</code> is zero, the allocator must return <code>NULL</code>; 
- if <code>osize</code> is not zero, 
- it should free the block pointed to by <code>ptr</code>. 
- When <code>nsize</code> is not zero, the allocator returns <code>NULL</code> 
- if and only if it cannot fill the request. 
- When <code>nsize</code> is not zero and <code>osize</code> is zero, 
- the allocator should behave like <code>malloc</code>. 
- When <code>nsize</code> and <code>osize</code> are not zero, 
- the allocator behaves like <code>realloc</code>. 
- Lua assumes that the allocator never fails when 
- <code>osize >= nsize</code>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Here is a simple implementation for the allocator function. 
- It is used in the auxiliary library by <a href="#luaL_newstate"><code>luaL_newstate</code></a>. 
-   
- <pre> 
-      static void *l_alloc (void *ud, void *ptr, size_t osize, 
-                                                 size_t nsize) { 
-        (void)ud;  (void)osize;  /* not used */ 
-        if (nsize == 0) { 
-          free(ptr); 
-          return NULL; 
-        } 
-        else 
-          return realloc(ptr, nsize); 
-      } 
- </pre><p> 
- This code assumes 
- that <code>free(NULL)</code> has no effect and that 
- <code>realloc(NULL, size)</code> is equivalent to <code>malloc(size)</code>. 
- ANSI C ensures both behaviors. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_atpanic"><code>lua_atpanic</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> 
- <pre>lua_CFunction lua_atpanic (lua_State *L, lua_CFunction panicf);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Sets a new panic function and returns the old one. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- If an error happens outside any protected environment, 
- Lua calls a <em>panic function</em> 
- and then calls <code>exit(EXIT_FAILURE)</code>, 
- thus exiting the host application. 
- Your panic function can avoid this exit by 
- never returning (e.g., doing a long jump). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The panic function can access the error message at the top of the stack. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_call"><code>lua_call</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-(nargs + 1), +nresults, <em>e</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_call (lua_State *L, int nargs, int nresults);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Calls a function. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- To call a function you must use the following protocol: 
- first, the function to be called is pushed onto the stack; 
- then, the arguments to the function are pushed 
- in direct order; 
- that is, the first argument is pushed first. 
- Finally you call <a href="#lua_call"><code>lua_call</code></a>; 
- <code>nargs</code> is the number of arguments that you pushed onto the stack. 
- All arguments and the function value are popped from the stack 
- when the function is called. 
- The function results are pushed onto the stack when the function returns. 
- The number of results is adjusted to <code>nresults</code>, 
- unless <code>nresults</code> is <a name="pdf-LUA_MULTRET"><code>LUA_MULTRET</code></a>. 
- In this case, <em>all</em> results from the function are pushed. 
- Lua takes care that the returned values fit into the stack space. 
- The function results are pushed onto the stack in direct order 
- (the first result is pushed first), 
- so that after the call the last result is on the top of the stack. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Any error inside the called function is propagated upwards 
- (with a <code>longjmp</code>). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The following example shows how the host program can do the 
- equivalent to this Lua code: 
-   
- <pre> 
-      a = f("how", t.x, 14) 
- </pre><p> 
- Here it is in C: 
-   
- <pre> 
-      lua_getfield(L, LUA_GLOBALSINDEX, "f"); /* function to be called */ 
-      lua_pushstring(L, "how");                        /* 1st argument */ 
-      lua_getfield(L, LUA_GLOBALSINDEX, "t");   /* table to be indexed */ 
-      lua_getfield(L, -1, "x");        /* push result of t.x (2nd arg) */ 
-      lua_remove(L, -2);                  /* remove 't' from the stack */ 
-      lua_pushinteger(L, 14);                          /* 3rd argument */ 
-      lua_call(L, 3, 1);     /* call 'f' with 3 arguments and 1 result */ 
-      lua_setfield(L, LUA_GLOBALSINDEX, "a");        /* set global 'a' */ 
- </pre><p> 
- Note that the code above is "balanced": 
- at its end, the stack is back to its original configuration. 
- This is considered good programming practice. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_CFunction"><code>lua_CFunction</code></a></h3> 
- <pre>typedef int (*lua_CFunction) (lua_State *L);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Type for C functions. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- In order to communicate properly with Lua, 
- a C function must use the following protocol, 
- which defines the way parameters and results are passed: 
- a C function receives its arguments from Lua in its stack 
- in direct order (the first argument is pushed first). 
- So, when the function starts, 
- <code>lua_gettop(L)</code> returns the number of arguments received by the function. 
- The first argument (if any) is at index 1 
- and its last argument is at index <code>lua_gettop(L)</code>. 
- To return values to Lua, a C function just pushes them onto the stack, 
- in direct order (the first result is pushed first), 
- and returns the number of results. 
- Any other value in the stack below the results will be properly 
- discarded by Lua. 
- Like a Lua function, a C function called by Lua can also return 
- many results. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- As an example, the following function receives a variable number 
- of numerical arguments and returns their average and sum: 
-   
- <pre> 
-      static int foo (lua_State *L) { 
-        int n = lua_gettop(L);    /* number of arguments */ 
-        lua_Number sum = 0; 
-        int i; 
-        for (i = 1; i <= n; i++) { 
-          if (!lua_isnumber(L, i)) { 
-            lua_pushstring(L, "incorrect argument"); 
-            lua_error(L); 
-          } 
-          sum += lua_tonumber(L, i); 
-        } 
-        lua_pushnumber(L, sum/n);        /* first result */ 
-        lua_pushnumber(L, sum);         /* second result */ 
-        return 2;                   /* number of results */ 
-      } 
- </pre> 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_checkstack"><code>lua_checkstack</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>m</em>]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_checkstack (lua_State *L, int extra);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Ensures that there are at least <code>extra</code> free stack slots in the stack. 
- It returns false if it cannot grow the stack to that size. 
- This function never shrinks the stack; 
- if the stack is already larger than the new size, 
- it is left unchanged. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_close"><code>lua_close</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_close (lua_State *L);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Destroys all objects in the given Lua state 
- (calling the corresponding garbage-collection metamethods, if any) 
- and frees all dynamic memory used by this state. 
- On several platforms, you may not need to call this function, 
- because all resources are naturally released when the host program ends. 
- On the other hand, long-running programs, 
- such as a daemon or a web server, 
- might need to release states as soon as they are not needed, 
- to avoid growing too large. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_concat"><code>lua_concat</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-n, +1, <em>e</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_concat (lua_State *L, int n);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Concatenates the <code>n</code> values at the top of the stack, 
- pops them, and leaves the result at the top. 
- If <code>n</code> is 1, the result is the single value on the stack 
- (that is, the function does nothing); 
- if <code>n</code> is 0, the result is the empty string. 
- Concatenation is performed following the usual semantics of Lua 
- (see <a href="#2.5.4">§2.5.4</a>). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_cpcall"><code>lua_cpcall</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +(0|1), <em>-</em>]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_cpcall (lua_State *L, lua_CFunction func, void *ud);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Calls the C function <code>func</code> in protected mode. 
- <code>func</code> starts with only one element in its stack, 
- a light userdata containing <code>ud</code>. 
- In case of errors, 
- <a href="#lua_cpcall"><code>lua_cpcall</code></a> returns the same error codes as <a href="#lua_pcall"><code>lua_pcall</code></a>, 
- plus the error object on the top of the stack; 
- otherwise, it returns zero, and does not change the stack. 
- All values returned by <code>func</code> are discarded. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_createtable"><code>lua_createtable</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>m</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_createtable (lua_State *L, int narr, int nrec);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Creates a new empty table and pushes it onto the stack. 
- The new table has space pre-allocated 
- for <code>narr</code> array elements and <code>nrec</code> non-array elements. 
- This pre-allocation is useful when you know exactly how many elements 
- the table will have. 
- Otherwise you can use the function <a href="#lua_newtable"><code>lua_newtable</code></a>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_dump"><code>lua_dump</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>m</em>]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_dump (lua_State *L, lua_Writer writer, void *data);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Dumps a function as a binary chunk. 
- Receives a Lua function on the top of the stack 
- and produces a binary chunk that, 
- if loaded again, 
- results in a function equivalent to the one dumped. 
- As it produces parts of the chunk, 
- <a href="#lua_dump"><code>lua_dump</code></a> calls function <code>writer</code> (see <a href="#lua_Writer"><code>lua_Writer</code></a>) 
- with the given <code>data</code> 
- to write them. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The value returned is the error code returned by the last 
- call to the writer; 
- 0 means no errors. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- This function does not pop the Lua function from the stack. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_equal"><code>lua_equal</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>e</em>]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_equal (lua_State *L, int index1, int index2);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Returns 1 if the two values in acceptable indices <code>index1</code> and 
- <code>index2</code> are equal, 
- following the semantics of the Lua <code>==</code> operator 
- (that is, may call metamethods). 
- Otherwise returns 0. 
- Also returns 0 if any of the indices is non valid. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_error"><code>lua_error</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-1, +0, <em>v</em>]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_error (lua_State *L);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Generates a Lua error. 
- The error message (which can actually be a Lua value of any type) 
- must be on the stack top. 
- This function does a long jump, 
- and therefore never returns. 
- (see <a href="#luaL_error"><code>luaL_error</code></a>). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_gc"><code>lua_gc</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>e</em>]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_gc (lua_State *L, int what, int data);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Controls the garbage collector. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- This function performs several tasks, 
- according to the value of the parameter <code>what</code>: 
-   
- <ul> 
-   
- <li><b><code>LUA_GCSTOP</code>:</b> 
- stops the garbage collector. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li><b><code>LUA_GCRESTART</code>:</b> 
- restarts the garbage collector. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li><b><code>LUA_GCCOLLECT</code>:</b> 
- performs a full garbage-collection cycle. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li><b><code>LUA_GCCOUNT</code>:</b> 
- returns the current amount of memory (in Kbytes) in use by Lua. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li><b><code>LUA_GCCOUNTB</code>:</b> 
- returns the remainder of dividing the current amount of bytes of 
- memory in use by Lua by 1024. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li><b><code>LUA_GCSTEP</code>:</b> 
- performs an incremental step of garbage collection. 
- The step "size" is controlled by <code>data</code> 
- (larger values mean more steps) in a non-specified way. 
- If you want to control the step size 
- you must experimentally tune the value of <code>data</code>. 
- The function returns 1 if the step finished a 
- garbage-collection cycle. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li><b><code>LUA_GCSETPAUSE</code>:</b> 
- sets <code>data</code> as the new value 
- for the <em>pause</em> of the collector (see <a href="#2.10">§2.10</a>). 
- The function returns the previous value of the pause. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li><b><code>LUA_GCSETSTEPMUL</code>:</b> 
- sets <code>data</code> as the new value for the <em>step multiplier</em> of 
- the collector (see <a href="#2.10">§2.10</a>). 
- The function returns the previous value of the step multiplier. 
- </li> 
-   
- </ul> 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_getallocf"><code>lua_getallocf</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> 
- <pre>lua_Alloc lua_getallocf (lua_State *L, void **ud);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the memory-allocation function of a given state. 
- If <code>ud</code> is not <code>NULL</code>, Lua stores in <code>*ud</code> the 
- opaque pointer passed to <a href="#lua_newstate"><code>lua_newstate</code></a>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_getfenv"><code>lua_getfenv</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>-</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_getfenv (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Pushes onto the stack the environment table of 
- the value at the given index. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_getfield"><code>lua_getfield</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>e</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_getfield (lua_State *L, int index, const char *k);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Pushes onto the stack the value <code>t[k]</code>, 
- where <code>t</code> is the value at the given valid index. 
- As in Lua, this function may trigger a metamethod 
- for the "index" event (see <a href="#2.8">§2.8</a>). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_getglobal"><code>lua_getglobal</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>e</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_getglobal (lua_State *L, const char *name);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Pushes onto the stack the value of the global <code>name</code>. 
- It is defined as a macro: 
-   
- <pre> 
-      #define lua_getglobal(L,s)  lua_getfield(L, LUA_GLOBALSINDEX, s) 
- </pre> 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_getmetatable"><code>lua_getmetatable</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +(0|1), <em>-</em>]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_getmetatable (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Pushes onto the stack the metatable of the value at the given 
- acceptable index. 
- If the index is not valid, 
- or if the value does not have a metatable, 
- the function returns 0 and pushes nothing on the stack. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_gettable"><code>lua_gettable</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-1, +1, <em>e</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_gettable (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Pushes onto the stack the value <code>t[k]</code>, 
- where <code>t</code> is the value at the given valid index 
- and <code>k</code> is the value at the top of the stack. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- This function pops the key from the stack 
- (putting the resulting value in its place). 
- As in Lua, this function may trigger a metamethod 
- for the "index" event (see <a href="#2.8">§2.8</a>). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_gettop"><code>lua_gettop</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_gettop (lua_State *L);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the index of the top element in the stack. 
- Because indices start at 1, 
- this result is equal to the number of elements in the stack 
- (and so 0 means an empty stack). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_insert"><code>lua_insert</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-1, +1, <em>-</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_insert (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Moves the top element into the given valid index, 
- shifting up the elements above this index to open space. 
- Cannot be called with a pseudo-index, 
- because a pseudo-index is not an actual stack position. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_Integer"><code>lua_Integer</code></a></h3> 
- <pre>typedef ptrdiff_t lua_Integer;</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- The type used by the Lua API to represent integral values. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- By default it is a <code>ptrdiff_t</code>, 
- which is usually the largest signed integral type the machine handles 
- "comfortably". 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_isboolean"><code>lua_isboolean</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_isboolean (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Returns 1 if the value at the given acceptable index has type boolean, 
- and 0 otherwise. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_iscfunction"><code>lua_iscfunction</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_iscfunction (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Returns 1 if the value at the given acceptable index is a C function, 
- and 0 otherwise. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_isfunction"><code>lua_isfunction</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_isfunction (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Returns 1 if the value at the given acceptable index is a function 
- (either C or Lua), and 0 otherwise. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_islightuserdata"><code>lua_islightuserdata</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_islightuserdata (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Returns 1 if the value at the given acceptable index is a light userdata, 
- and 0 otherwise. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_isnil"><code>lua_isnil</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_isnil (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Returns 1 if the value at the given acceptable index is <b>nil</b>, 
- and 0 otherwise. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_isnone"><code>lua_isnone</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_isnone (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Returns 1 if the given acceptable index is not valid 
- (that is, it refers to an element outside the current stack), 
- and 0 otherwise. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_isnoneornil"><code>lua_isnoneornil</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_isnoneornil (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Returns 1 if the given acceptable index is not valid 
- (that is, it refers to an element outside the current stack) 
- or if the value at this index is <b>nil</b>, 
- and 0 otherwise. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_isnumber"><code>lua_isnumber</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_isnumber (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Returns 1 if the value at the given acceptable index is a number 
- or a string convertible to a number, 
- and 0 otherwise. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_isstring"><code>lua_isstring</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_isstring (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Returns 1 if the value at the given acceptable index is a string 
- or a number (which is always convertible to a string), 
- and 0 otherwise. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_istable"><code>lua_istable</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_istable (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Returns 1 if the value at the given acceptable index is a table, 
- and 0 otherwise. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_isthread"><code>lua_isthread</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_isthread (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Returns 1 if the value at the given acceptable index is a thread, 
- and 0 otherwise. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_isuserdata"><code>lua_isuserdata</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_isuserdata (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Returns 1 if the value at the given acceptable index is a userdata 
- (either full or light), and 0 otherwise. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_lessthan"><code>lua_lessthan</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>e</em>]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_lessthan (lua_State *L, int index1, int index2);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Returns 1 if the value at acceptable index <code>index1</code> is smaller 
- than the value at acceptable index <code>index2</code>, 
- following the semantics of the Lua <code><</code> operator 
- (that is, may call metamethods). 
- Otherwise returns 0. 
- Also returns 0 if any of the indices is non valid. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_load"><code>lua_load</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>-</em>]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_load (lua_State *L, 
-               lua_Reader reader, 
-               void *data, 
-               const char *chunkname);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Loads a Lua chunk. 
- If there are no errors, 
- <a href="#lua_load"><code>lua_load</code></a> pushes the compiled chunk as a Lua 
- function on top of the stack. 
- Otherwise, it pushes an error message. 
- The return values of <a href="#lua_load"><code>lua_load</code></a> are: 
-   
- <ul> 
-   
- <li><b>0:</b> no errors;</li> 
-   
- <li><b><a name="pdf-LUA_ERRSYNTAX"><code>LUA_ERRSYNTAX</code></a>:</b> 
- syntax error during pre-compilation;</li> 
-   
- <li><b><a href="#pdf-LUA_ERRMEM"><code>LUA_ERRMEM</code></a>:</b> 
- memory allocation error.</li> 
-   
- </ul> 
-   
- <p> 
- This function only loads a chunk; 
- it does not run it. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <a href="#lua_load"><code>lua_load</code></a> automatically detects whether the chunk is text or binary, 
- and loads it accordingly (see program <code>luac</code>). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The <a href="#lua_load"><code>lua_load</code></a> function uses a user-supplied <code>reader</code> function 
- to read the chunk (see <a href="#lua_Reader"><code>lua_Reader</code></a>). 
- The <code>data</code> argument is an opaque value passed to the reader function. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The <code>chunkname</code> argument gives a name to the chunk, 
- which is used for error messages and in debug information (see <a href="#3.8">§3.8</a>). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_newstate"><code>lua_newstate</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> 
- <pre>lua_State *lua_newstate (lua_Alloc f, void *ud);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Creates a new, independent state. 
- Returns <code>NULL</code> if cannot create the state 
- (due to lack of memory). 
- The argument <code>f</code> is the allocator function; 
- Lua does all memory allocation for this state through this function. 
- The second argument, <code>ud</code>, is an opaque pointer that Lua 
- simply passes to the allocator in every call. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_newtable"><code>lua_newtable</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>m</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_newtable (lua_State *L);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Creates a new empty table and pushes it onto the stack. 
- It is equivalent to <code>lua_createtable(L, 0, 0)</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_newthread"><code>lua_newthread</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>m</em>]</span> 
- <pre>lua_State *lua_newthread (lua_State *L);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Creates a new thread, pushes it on the stack, 
- and returns a pointer to a <a href="#lua_State"><code>lua_State</code></a> that represents this new thread. 
- The new state returned by this function shares with the original state 
- all global objects (such as tables), 
- but has an independent execution stack. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- There is no explicit function to close or to destroy a thread. 
- Threads are subject to garbage collection, 
- like any Lua object. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_newuserdata"><code>lua_newuserdata</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>m</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void *lua_newuserdata (lua_State *L, size_t size);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- This function allocates a new block of memory with the given size, 
- pushes onto the stack a new full userdata with the block address, 
- and returns this address. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Userdata represent C values in Lua. 
- A <em>full userdata</em> represents a block of memory. 
- It is an object (like a table): 
- you must create it, it can have its own metatable, 
- and you can detect when it is being collected. 
- A full userdata is only equal to itself (under raw equality). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- When Lua collects a full userdata with a <code>gc</code> metamethod, 
- Lua calls the metamethod and marks the userdata as finalized. 
- When this userdata is collected again then 
- Lua frees its corresponding memory. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_next"><code>lua_next</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-1, +(2|0), <em>e</em>]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_next (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Pops a key from the stack, 
- and pushes a key-value pair from the table at the given index 
- (the "next" pair after the given key). 
- If there are no more elements in the table, 
- then <a href="#lua_next"><code>lua_next</code></a> returns 0 (and pushes nothing). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- A typical traversal looks like this: 
-   
- <pre> 
-      /* table is in the stack at index 't' */ 
-      lua_pushnil(L);  /* first key */ 
-      while (lua_next(L, t) != 0) { 
-        /* uses 'key' (at index -2) and 'value' (at index -1) */ 
-        printf("%s - %s\n", 
-               lua_typename(L, lua_type(L, -2)), 
-               lua_typename(L, lua_type(L, -1))); 
-        /* removes 'value'; keeps 'key' for next iteration */ 
-        lua_pop(L, 1); 
-      } 
- </pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- While traversing a table, 
- do not call <a href="#lua_tolstring"><code>lua_tolstring</code></a> directly on a key, 
- unless you know that the key is actually a string. 
- Recall that <a href="#lua_tolstring"><code>lua_tolstring</code></a> <em>changes</em> 
- the value at the given index; 
- this confuses the next call to <a href="#lua_next"><code>lua_next</code></a>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_Number"><code>lua_Number</code></a></h3> 
- <pre>typedef double lua_Number;</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- The type of numbers in Lua. 
- By default, it is double, but that can be changed in <code>luaconf.h</code>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Through the configuration file you can change 
- Lua to operate with another type for numbers (e.g., float or long). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_objlen"><code>lua_objlen</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> 
- <pre>size_t lua_objlen (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the "length" of the value at the given acceptable index: 
- for strings, this is the string length; 
- for tables, this is the result of the length operator ('- < code- >#< /code- > ');
 
- for userdata, this is the size of the block of memory allocated 
- for the userdata; 
- for other values, it is 0. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_pcall"><code>lua_pcall</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-(nargs + 1), +(nresults|1), <em>-</em>]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_pcall (lua_State *L, int nargs, int nresults, int errfunc);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Calls a function in protected mode. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Both <code>nargs</code> and <code>nresults</code> have the same meaning as 
- in <a href="#lua_call"><code>lua_call</code></a>. 
- If there are no errors during the call, 
- <a href="#lua_pcall"><code>lua_pcall</code></a> behaves exactly like <a href="#lua_call"><code>lua_call</code></a>. 
- However, if there is any error, 
- <a href="#lua_pcall"><code>lua_pcall</code></a> catches it, 
- pushes a single value on the stack (the error message), 
- and returns an error code. 
- Like <a href="#lua_call"><code>lua_call</code></a>, 
- <a href="#lua_pcall"><code>lua_pcall</code></a> always removes the function 
- and its arguments from the stack. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- If <code>errfunc</code> is 0, 
- then the error message returned on the stack 
- is exactly the original error message. 
- Otherwise, <code>errfunc</code> is the stack index of an 
- <em>error handler function</em>. 
- (In the current implementation, this index cannot be a pseudo-index.) 
- In case of runtime errors, 
- this function will be called with the error message 
- and its return value will be the message returned on the stack by <a href="#lua_pcall"><code>lua_pcall</code></a>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Typically, the error handler function is used to add more debug 
- information to the error message, such as a stack traceback. 
- Such information cannot be gathered after the return of <a href="#lua_pcall"><code>lua_pcall</code></a>, 
- since by then the stack has unwound. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The <a href="#lua_pcall"><code>lua_pcall</code></a> function returns 0 in case of success 
- or one of the following error codes 
- (defined in <code>lua.h</code>): 
-   
- <ul> 
-   
- <li><b><a name="pdf-LUA_ERRRUN"><code>LUA_ERRRUN</code></a>:</b> 
- a runtime error. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li><b><a name="pdf-LUA_ERRMEM"><code>LUA_ERRMEM</code></a>:</b> 
- memory allocation error. 
- For such errors, Lua does not call the error handler function. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li><b><a name="pdf-LUA_ERRERR"><code>LUA_ERRERR</code></a>:</b> 
- error while running the error handler function. 
- </li> 
-   
- </ul> 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_pop"><code>lua_pop</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-n, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_pop (lua_State *L, int n);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Pops <code>n</code> elements from the stack. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_pushboolean"><code>lua_pushboolean</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>-</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_pushboolean (lua_State *L, int b);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Pushes a boolean value with value <code>b</code> onto the stack. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_pushcclosure"><code>lua_pushcclosure</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-n, +1, <em>m</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_pushcclosure (lua_State *L, lua_CFunction fn, int n);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Pushes a new C closure onto the stack. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- When a C function is created, 
- it is possible to associate some values with it, 
- thus creating a C closure (see <a href="#3.4">§3.4</a>); 
- these values are then accessible to the function whenever it is called. 
- To associate values with a C function, 
- first these values should be pushed onto the stack 
- (when there are multiple values, the first value is pushed first). 
- Then <a href="#lua_pushcclosure"><code>lua_pushcclosure</code></a> 
- is called to create and push the C function onto the stack, 
- with the argument <code>n</code> telling how many values should be 
- associated with the function. 
- <a href="#lua_pushcclosure"><code>lua_pushcclosure</code></a> also pops these values from the stack. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The maximum value for <code>n</code> is 255. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_pushcfunction"><code>lua_pushcfunction</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>m</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_pushcfunction (lua_State *L, lua_CFunction f);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Pushes a C function onto the stack. 
- This function receives a pointer to a C function 
- and pushes onto the stack a Lua value of type <code>function</code> that, 
- when called, invokes the corresponding C function. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Any function to be registered in Lua must 
- follow the correct protocol to receive its parameters 
- and return its results (see <a href="#lua_CFunction"><code>lua_CFunction</code></a>). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <code>lua_pushcfunction</code> is defined as a macro: 
-   
- <pre> 
-      #define lua_pushcfunction(L,f)  lua_pushcclosure(L,f,0) 
- </pre> 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_pushfstring"><code>lua_pushfstring</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>m</em>]</span> 
- <pre>const char *lua_pushfstring (lua_State *L, const char *fmt, ...);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Pushes onto the stack a formatted string 
- and returns a pointer to this string. 
- It is similar to the C function <code>sprintf</code>, 
- but has some important differences: 
-   
- <ul> 
-   
- <li> 
- You do not have to allocate space for the result: 
- the result is a Lua string and Lua takes care of memory allocation 
- (and deallocation, through garbage collection). 
- </li> 
-   
- <li> 
- The conversion specifiers are quite restricted. 
- There are no flags, widths, or precisions. 
- The conversion specifiers can only be 
- '- < code- >%s< /code- > ' (inserts a zero-terminated string, with no size restrictions),
 
- '- < code- >%f< /code- > ' (inserts a <a href="#lua_Number"><code>lua_Number</code></a>),
 
- '- < code- >%p< /code- > ' (inserts a pointer as a hexadecimal numeral),
 
- '- < code- >%d< /code- > ' (inserts an <code>int</code>), and
 
- '- < code- >%c< /code- > ' (inserts an <code>int</code> as a character).
 
- </li> 
-   
- </ul> 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_pushinteger"><code>lua_pushinteger</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>-</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_pushinteger (lua_State *L, lua_Integer n);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Pushes a number with value <code>n</code> onto the stack. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_pushlightuserdata"><code>lua_pushlightuserdata</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>-</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_pushlightuserdata (lua_State *L, void *p);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Pushes a light userdata onto the stack. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Userdata represent C values in Lua. 
- A <em>light userdata</em> represents a pointer. 
- It is a value (like a number): 
- you do not create it, it has no individual metatable, 
- and it is not collected (as it was never created). 
- A light userdata is equal to "any" 
- light userdata with the same C address. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_pushliteral"><code>lua_pushliteral</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>m</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_pushliteral (lua_State *L, const char *s);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- This macro is equivalent to <a href="#lua_pushlstring"><code>lua_pushlstring</code></a>, 
- but can be used only when <code>s</code> is a literal string. 
- In these cases, it automatically provides the string length. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_pushlstring"><code>lua_pushlstring</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>m</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_pushlstring (lua_State *L, const char *s, size_t len);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Pushes the string pointed to by <code>s</code> with size <code>len</code> 
- onto the stack. 
- Lua makes (or reuses) an internal copy of the given string, 
- so the memory at <code>s</code> can be freed or reused immediately after 
- the function returns. 
- The string can contain embedded zeros. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_pushnil"><code>lua_pushnil</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>-</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_pushnil (lua_State *L);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Pushes a nil value onto the stack. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_pushnumber"><code>lua_pushnumber</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>-</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_pushnumber (lua_State *L, lua_Number n);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Pushes a number with value <code>n</code> onto the stack. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_pushstring"><code>lua_pushstring</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>m</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_pushstring (lua_State *L, const char *s);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Pushes the zero-terminated string pointed to by <code>s</code> 
- onto the stack. 
- Lua makes (or reuses) an internal copy of the given string, 
- so the memory at <code>s</code> can be freed or reused immediately after 
- the function returns. 
- The string cannot contain embedded zeros; 
- it is assumed to end at the first zero. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_pushthread"><code>lua_pushthread</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>-</em>]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_pushthread (lua_State *L);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Pushes the thread represented by <code>L</code> onto the stack. 
- Returns 1 if this thread is the main thread of its state. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_pushvalue"><code>lua_pushvalue</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>-</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_pushvalue (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Pushes a copy of the element at the given valid index 
- onto the stack. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_pushvfstring"><code>lua_pushvfstring</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>m</em>]</span> 
- <pre>const char *lua_pushvfstring (lua_State *L, 
-                               const char *fmt, 
-                               va_list argp);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Equivalent to <a href="#lua_pushfstring"><code>lua_pushfstring</code></a>, except that it receives a <code>va_list</code> 
- instead of a variable number of arguments. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_rawequal"><code>lua_rawequal</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_rawequal (lua_State *L, int index1, int index2);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Returns 1 if the two values in acceptable indices <code>index1</code> and 
- <code>index2</code> are primitively equal 
- (that is, without calling metamethods). 
- Otherwise returns 0. 
- Also returns 0 if any of the indices are non valid. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_rawget"><code>lua_rawget</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-1, +1, <em>-</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_rawget (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Similar to <a href="#lua_gettable"><code>lua_gettable</code></a>, but does a raw access 
- (i.e., without metamethods). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_rawgeti"><code>lua_rawgeti</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>-</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_rawgeti (lua_State *L, int index, int n);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Pushes onto the stack the value <code>t[n]</code>, 
- where <code>t</code> is the value at the given valid index. 
- The access is raw; 
- that is, it does not invoke metamethods. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_rawset"><code>lua_rawset</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-2, +0, <em>m</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_rawset (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Similar to <a href="#lua_settable"><code>lua_settable</code></a>, but does a raw assignment 
- (i.e., without metamethods). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_rawseti"><code>lua_rawseti</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-1, +0, <em>m</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_rawseti (lua_State *L, int index, int n);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Does the equivalent of <code>t[n] = v</code>, 
- where <code>t</code> is the value at the given valid index 
- and <code>v</code> is the value at the top of the stack. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- This function pops the value from the stack. 
- The assignment is raw; 
- that is, it does not invoke metamethods. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_Reader"><code>lua_Reader</code></a></h3> 
- <pre>typedef const char * (*lua_Reader) (lua_State *L, 
-                                     void *data, 
-                                     size_t *size);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- The reader function used by <a href="#lua_load"><code>lua_load</code></a>. 
- Every time it needs another piece of the chunk, 
- <a href="#lua_load"><code>lua_load</code></a> calls the reader, 
- passing along its <code>data</code> parameter. 
- The reader must return a pointer to a block of memory 
- with a new piece of the chunk 
- and set <code>size</code> to the block size. 
- The block must exist until the reader function is called again. 
- To signal the end of the chunk, 
- the reader must return <code>NULL</code> or set <code>size</code> to zero. 
- The reader function may return pieces of any size greater than zero. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_register"><code>lua_register</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>e</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_register (lua_State *L, 
-                    const char *name, 
-                    lua_CFunction f);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Sets the C function <code>f</code> as the new value of global <code>name</code>. 
- It is defined as a macro: 
-   
- <pre> 
-      #define lua_register(L,n,f) \ 
-             (lua_pushcfunction(L, f), lua_setglobal(L, n)) 
- </pre> 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_remove"><code>lua_remove</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-1, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_remove (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Removes the element at the given valid index, 
- shifting down the elements above this index to fill the gap. 
- Cannot be called with a pseudo-index, 
- because a pseudo-index is not an actual stack position. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_replace"><code>lua_replace</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-1, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_replace (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Moves the top element into the given position (and pops it), 
- without shifting any element 
- (therefore replacing the value at the given position). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_resume"><code>lua_resume</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-?, +?, <em>-</em>]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_resume (lua_State *L, int narg);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Starts and resumes a coroutine in a given thread. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- To start a coroutine, you first create a new thread 
- (see <a href="#lua_newthread"><code>lua_newthread</code></a>); 
- then you push onto its stack the main function plus any arguments; 
- then you call <a href="#lua_resume"><code>lua_resume</code></a>, 
- with <code>narg</code> being the number of arguments. 
- This call returns when the coroutine suspends or finishes its execution. 
- When it returns, the stack contains all values passed to <a href="#lua_yield"><code>lua_yield</code></a>, 
- or all values returned by the body function. 
- <a href="#lua_resume"><code>lua_resume</code></a> returns 
- <a href="#pdf-LUA_YIELD"><code>LUA_YIELD</code></a> if the coroutine yields, 
- 0 if the coroutine finishes its execution 
- without errors, 
- or an error code in case of errors (see <a href="#lua_pcall"><code>lua_pcall</code></a>). 
- In case of errors, 
- the stack is not unwound, 
- so you can use the debug API over it. 
- The error message is on the top of the stack. 
- To restart a coroutine, you put on its stack only the values to 
- be passed as results from <code>yield</code>, 
- and then call <a href="#lua_resume"><code>lua_resume</code></a>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_setallocf"><code>lua_setallocf</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_setallocf (lua_State *L, lua_Alloc f, void *ud);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Changes the allocator function of a given state to <code>f</code> 
- with user data <code>ud</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_setfenv"><code>lua_setfenv</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-1, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_setfenv (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Pops a table from the stack and sets it as 
- the new environment for the value at the given index. 
- If the value at the given index is 
- neither a function nor a thread nor a userdata, 
- <a href="#lua_setfenv"><code>lua_setfenv</code></a> returns 0. 
- Otherwise it returns 1. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_setfield"><code>lua_setfield</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-1, +0, <em>e</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_setfield (lua_State *L, int index, const char *k);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Does the equivalent to <code>t[k] = v</code>, 
- where <code>t</code> is the value at the given valid index 
- and <code>v</code> is the value at the top of the stack. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- This function pops the value from the stack. 
- As in Lua, this function may trigger a metamethod 
- for the "newindex" event (see <a href="#2.8">§2.8</a>). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_setglobal"><code>lua_setglobal</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-1, +0, <em>e</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_setglobal (lua_State *L, const char *name);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Pops a value from the stack and 
- sets it as the new value of global <code>name</code>. 
- It is defined as a macro: 
-   
- <pre> 
-      #define lua_setglobal(L,s)   lua_setfield(L, LUA_GLOBALSINDEX, s) 
- </pre> 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_setmetatable"><code>lua_setmetatable</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-1, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_setmetatable (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Pops a table from the stack and 
- sets it as the new metatable for the value at the given 
- acceptable index. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_settable"><code>lua_settable</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-2, +0, <em>e</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_settable (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Does the equivalent to <code>t[k] = v</code>, 
- where <code>t</code> is the value at the given valid index, 
- <code>v</code> is the value at the top of the stack, 
- and <code>k</code> is the value just below the top. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- This function pops both the key and the value from the stack. 
- As in Lua, this function may trigger a metamethod 
- for the "newindex" event (see <a href="#2.8">§2.8</a>). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_settop"><code>lua_settop</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-?, +?, <em>-</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_settop (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Accepts any acceptable index, or 0, 
- and sets the stack top to this index. 
- If the new top is larger than the old one, 
- then the new elements are filled with <b>nil</b>. 
- If <code>index</code> is 0, then all stack elements are removed. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_State"><code>lua_State</code></a></h3> 
- <pre>typedef struct lua_State lua_State;</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Opaque structure that keeps the whole state of a Lua interpreter. 
- The Lua library is fully reentrant: 
- it has no global variables. 
- All information about a state is kept in this structure. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- A pointer to this state must be passed as the first argument to 
- every function in the library, except to <a href="#lua_newstate"><code>lua_newstate</code></a>, 
- which creates a Lua state from scratch. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_status"><code>lua_status</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_status (lua_State *L);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the status of the thread <code>L</code>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The status can be 0 for a normal thread, 
- an error code if the thread finished its execution with an error, 
- or <a name="pdf-LUA_YIELD"><code>LUA_YIELD</code></a> if the thread is suspended. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_toboolean"><code>lua_toboolean</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_toboolean (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Converts the Lua value at the given acceptable index to a C boolean 
- value (0 or 1). 
- Like all tests in Lua, 
- <a href="#lua_toboolean"><code>lua_toboolean</code></a> returns 1 for any Lua value 
- different from <b>false</b> and <b>nil</b>; 
- otherwise it returns 0. 
- It also returns 0 when called with a non-valid index. 
- (If you want to accept only actual boolean values, 
- use <a href="#lua_isboolean"><code>lua_isboolean</code></a> to test the value's type.) 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >lua_CFunction lua_tocfunction  (- lua_State *L, int index )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Converts a value at the given acceptable index to a C function. 
- That value must be a C function; 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >lua_Integer lua_tointeger  (- lua_State *L, int index )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Converts the Lua value at the given acceptable index 
- to the signed integral  type-  < a href="#lua_Integer"- >< code- >lua_Integer< /code- >< /a- >. 
- The Lua value must be a number or a string convertible to a number 
- (- see < a href="#2.2.1"- >§2.2.1< /a- > )- ; 
 
- otherwise, < a href="#lua_tointeger"- >< code- >lua_tointeger< /code- >< /a- > returns  0- . 
-   
-   
- If the number is not an integer, 
- it is truncated in some non-specified way. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >const  char-  *lua_tolstring  (- lua_State *L, int index, size_t *len )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Converts the Lua value at the given acceptable index to a C string. 
- it also sets < code- >*len< /code- > with the string length. 
- The Lua value must be a string or a number; 
- otherwise, the function returns < code- >NULL< /code- >. 
- If the value is a number, 
- then < a href="#lua_tolstring"- >< code- >lua_tolstring< /code- >< /a- > also 
- < em- >changes the actual  value-  in the stack to a string< /em- >. 
- (- This change confuses < a href="#lua_next"- >< code- >lua_next< /code- >< /a- > 
 
- when < a href="#lua_tolstring"- >< code- >lua_tolstring< /code- >< /a- > is applied to keys during a table traversal. )
-   
-   
- < a href="#lua_tolstring"- >< code- >lua_tolstring< /code- >< /a- > returns a fully aligned pointer 
- to a string inside the Lua state. 
- This string always has a zero ('<code>\0</code>') 
- after its last character (as in C), 
- but can contain other zeros in its body. 
- Because Lua has garbage collection, 
- there is no guarantee that the pointer returned by < a href="#lua_tolstring"- >< code- >lua_tolstring< /code- >< /a- > 
- will be valid after the corresponding value is removed from the stack. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >lua_Number lua_tonumber  (- lua_State *L, int index )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Converts the Lua value at the given acceptable index 
- to the C  type-  < a href="#lua_Number"- >< code- >lua_Number< /code- >< /a- >  (- see < a href="#lua_Number"- >< code- >lua_Number< /code- >< /a- > )- . 
- The Lua value must be a number or a string convertible to a number 
- (- see < a href="#2.2.1"- >§2.2.1< /a- > )- ; 
 
- otherwise, < a href="#lua_tonumber"- >< code- >lua_tonumber< /code- >< /a- > returns  0- . 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >const void *lua_topointer  (- lua_State *L, int index )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Converts the value at the given acceptable index to a generic 
- The value can be a userdata, a table, a thread, or a function; 
- otherwise, < a href="#lua_topointer"- >< code- >lua_topointer< /code- >< /a- > returns < code- >NULL< /code- >. 
- Different objects will give different pointers. 
- There is no way to convert the pointer back to its original value. 
-   
-   
- Typically this function is used only for debug information. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >const  char-  *lua_tostring  (- lua_State *L, int index )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >lua_State *lua_tothread  (- lua_State *L, int index )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Converts the value at the given acceptable index to a Lua thread 
- (- represented as < code- >lua_State*< /code- > )- . 
 
- This value must be a thread; 
- otherwise, the function returns < code- >NULL< /code- >. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >void *lua_touserdata  (- lua_State *L, int index )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- If the value at the given acceptable index is a full userdata, 
- returns its block address. 
- If the value is a light userdata, 
- returns its pointer. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >int lua_type  (- lua_State *L, int index )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Returns the type of the value in the given acceptable index, 
- or < code- >LUA_TNONE< /code- >  for-  a non-valid index 
- (that is, an index to an "empty" stack position). 
- The types returned by < a href="#lua_type"- >< code- >lua_type< /code- >< /a- > are coded by the following constants 
- and 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >const  char-  *lua_typename   (- lua_State *L, int tp )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Returns the  name-  of the  type-  encoded by the  value-  < code- >tp< /code- >, 
- which must be one the values returned by < a href="#lua_type"- >< code- >lua_type< /code- >< /a- >. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >typedef int  (- *lua_Writer ) (- lua_State *L, 
-                            const void* p, 
-                            size_t sz, 
-   
- The  type-  of the writer function used by < a href="#lua_dump"- >< code- >lua_dump< /code- >< /a- >. 
- Every time it produces another piece of chunk, 
- < a href="#lua_dump"- >< code- >lua_dump< /code- >< /a- > calls the writer, 
- passing along the buffer to be written  (- < code- >p< /code- > )- , 
- and the < code- >data< /code- > parameter supplied to < a href="#lua_dump"- >< code- >lua_dump< /code- >< /a- >. 
-   
-   
- The writer returns an error code: 
- 0 means no errors; 
- any other  value-  means an error and stops < a href="#lua_dump"- >< code- >lua_dump< /code- >< /a- > from 
- calling the writer again. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >void lua_xmove  (- lua_State *from, lua_State *to, int n )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Exchange values between different threads of the < em- >same< /em- > global state. 
-   
-   
- and pushes them onto the stack < code- >to< /code- >. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >int lua_yield   (- lua_State *L, int nresults )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Yields a coroutine. 
-   
-   
- This function should only be called as the 
- return expression of a C function, as follows: 
-   
-      return lua_yield (L, nresults); 
- When a C function calls < a href="#lua_yield"- >< code- >lua_yield< /code- >< /a- > in that way, 
- the running coroutine suspends its execution, 
- and the call to < a href="#lua_resume"- >< code- >lua_resume< /code- >< /a- > that started this coroutine returns. 
- The parameter < code- >nresults< /code- > is the number of values from the stack 
- that are passed as results to < a href="#lua_resume"- >< code- >lua_resume< /code- >< /a- >. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < h2- > 3.8-  - < a name="3.8"- >The Debug Interface< /a- >< /h2- > 
-   
- Lua has no built-in debugging facilities. 
- Instead, it offers a special interface 
- by means of functions and < em- >hooks< /em- >. 
- This interface allows the construction of different 
- kinds of debuggers, profilers, and other tools 
- that need "inside information" from the interpreter. 
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >typedef struct lua_Debug  {
-   int event; 
-   const char *name;           /* (n) */ 
-   const char *namewhat;       /* (n) */ 
-   const char *what;           /* (S) */ 
-   const char *source;         /* (S) */ 
-   int currentline;            /* (l) */ 
-   int nups;                   /* (u) number of upvalues */ 
-   int linedefined;            /* (S) */ 
-   int lastlinedefined;        /* (S) */ 
-   char short_src[LUA_IDSIZE]; /* (S) */ 
-   /* private part */ 
-   
- A structure used to carry different pieces of 
- information about an active function. 
- < a href="#lua_getstack"- >< code- >lua_getstack< /code- >< /a- > fills only the private part 
- of this structure, for later use. 
- To fill the other fields of < a href="#lua_Debug"- >< code- >lua_Debug< /code- >< /a- > with useful information, 
- call < a href="#lua_getinfo"- >< code- >lua_getinfo< /code- >< /a- >. 
-   
-   
- The fields of < a href="#lua_Debug"- >< code- >lua_Debug< /code- >< /a- > have the following meaning: 
-   
-   
- If the function was defined in a string, 
- then < code- >source< /code- > is that string. 
- If the function was defined in a file, 
- then < code- >source< /code- > starts with a  '<code>@</code>'-  followed by the file  name- . 
-   
- a  "printable" version-  of < code- >source< /code- >, to be used in error messages. 
-   
- the line number where the definition of the function starts. 
-   
- the line number where the definition of the function ends. 
-   
- the string < code- > "Lua"- < /code- > if the function is a Lua function, 
- < code- > "C"- < /code- > if it is a C function, 
- < code- > "main"- < /code- > if it is the main part of a chunk, 
- and < code- > "tail"- < /code- > if it was a function that did a tail call. 
- In the latter case, 
- Lua has no other information about the function. 
-   
- the current line where the given function is executing. 
- When no line information is available, 
-   
- a reasonable name for the given function. 
- Because functions in Lua are first-class values, 
- they do not have a fixed name: 
- some functions can be the value of multiple global variables, 
- while others can be stored only in a table field. 
- The < code- >lua_getinfo< /code- > function checks how the function was 
- called to find a suitable name. 
- If it cannot find a name, 
-   
- The  value-  of < code- >namewhat< /code- > can be 
- according to how the function was called. 
- (Lua uses the empty string when no other option seems to apply.) 
-   
- the number of upvalues of the function. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >lua_Hook lua_gethook  (- lua_State *L )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Returns the current hook function. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >int lua_gethookcount  (- lua_State *L )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Returns the current hook count. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >int lua_gethookmask  (- lua_State *L )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Returns the current hook mask. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >int lua_getinfo  (- lua_State *L, const  char-  *what, lua_Debug *ar )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Returns information about a specific function or function invocation. 
-   
-   
- To get information about a function invocation, 
- the parameter < code- >ar< /code- > must be a valid activation record that was 
- filled by a previous call to < a href="#lua_getstack"- >< code- >lua_getstack< /code- >< /a- > or 
- given as argument to a hook  (- see < a href="#lua_Hook"- >< code- >lua_Hook< /code- >< /a- > )- . 
-   
-   
- To get information about a function you push it onto the stack 
- and  start-  the < code- >what< /code- > string with the character  '<code>></code>'- . 
- (In that case, 
- < code- >lua_getinfo< /code- > pops the function in the top of the stack. )
- For-  instance, to know in which line a function < code- >f< /code- > was defined, 
 
- you can write the following code: 
-   
-      lua_Debug ar; 
-      lua_getfield(L, LUA_GLOBALSINDEX, "f");  /* get global 'f' */ 
-      lua_getinfo(L, ">S", &ar); 
-      printf("%d\n", ar.linedefined); 
-   
- Each character in the string < code- >what< /code- > 
- selects some fields of the structure < code- >ar< /code- > to be filled or 
- a value to be pushed on the stack: 
-   
-   
-   
- < li- >< b- > '<code>S</code>'- :< /b- > 
-   
- < li- >< b- > '<code>l</code>'- :< /b- > fills in the field < code- >currentline< /code- >; 
-   
- < li- >< b- > '<code>u</code>'- :< /b- > fills in the field < code- >nups< /code- >; 
-   
- < li- >< b- > '<code>f</code>'- :< /b- > 
- pushes onto the stack the function that is 
- running at the given level; 
-   
- < li- >< b- > '<code>L</code>'- :< /b- > 
- pushes onto the stack a table whose indices are the 
- numbers of the lines that are valid on the function. 
- (- A < em- >valid line< /em- > is a line with some associated  code- , 
 
- that is, a line where you can put a break point. 
- Non-valid lines include empty lines and comments.) 
-   
-   
- This function returns 0 on error 
- (for-  instance, an invalid option in < code- >what< /code- > )- . 
 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >const  char-  *lua_getlocal  (- lua_State *L, lua_Debug *ar, int n )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Gets information about a local variable of a given activation record. 
- The parameter < code- >ar< /code- > must be a valid activation record that was 
- filled by a previous call to < a href="#lua_getstack"- >< code- >lua_getstack< /code- >< /a- > or 
- given as argument to a hook  (- see < a href="#lua_Hook"- >< code- >lua_Hook< /code- >< /a- > )- . 
- The index < code- >n< /code- > selects which local variable to inspect 
- (1 is the first parameter or active local variable, and so on, 
- until the last active local variable). 
- < a href="#lua_getlocal"- >< code- >lua_getlocal< /code- >< /a- > pushes the variable 's value onto the stack
- and returns its name. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Variable names starting with '- < code- > (- < /code- > ' (open parentheses)
 
- represent internal variables 
- (loop control variables, temporaries, and C function locals). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns <code>NULL</code> (and pushes nothing) 
- when the index is greater than 
- the number of active local variables. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_getstack"><code>lua_getstack</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_getstack (lua_State *L, int level, lua_Debug *ar);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Get information about the interpreter runtime stack. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- This function fills parts of a <a href="#lua_Debug"><code>lua_Debug</code></a> structure with 
- an identification of the <em>activation record</em> 
- of the function executing at a given level. 
- Level 0 is the current running function, 
- whereas level <em>n+1</em> is the function that has called level <em>n</em>. 
- When there are no errors, <a href="#lua_getstack"><code>lua_getstack</code></a> returns 1; 
- when called with a level greater than the stack depth, 
- it returns 0. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_getupvalue"><code>lua_getupvalue</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +(0|1), <em>-</em>]</span> 
- <pre>const char *lua_getupvalue (lua_State *L, int funcindex, int n);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Gets information about a closure's upvalue. 
- (For Lua functions, 
- upvalues are the external local variables that the function uses, 
- and that are consequently included in its closure.) 
- < a href="#lua_getupvalue"- >< code- >lua_getupvalue< /code- >< /a- > gets the index < code- >n< /code- > of an upvalue, 
- pushes the upvalue's value onto the stack, 
- and returns its name. 
- <code>funcindex</code> points to the closure in the stack. 
- (Upvalues have no particular order, 
- as they are active through the whole function. 
- So, they are numbered in an arbitrary order.) 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns <code>NULL</code> (and pushes nothing) 
- when the index is greater than the number of upvalues. 
- For C functions, this function uses the empty string <code>""</code> 
- as a name for all upvalues. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_Hook"><code>lua_Hook</code></a></h3> 
- <pre>typedef void (*lua_Hook) (lua_State *L, lua_Debug *ar);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Type for debugging hook functions. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Whenever a hook is called, its <code>ar</code> argument has its field 
- <code>event</code> set to the specific event that triggered the hook. 
- Lua identifies these events with the following constants: 
- <a name="pdf-LUA_HOOKCALL"><code>LUA_HOOKCALL</code></a>, <a name="pdf-LUA_HOOKRET"><code>LUA_HOOKRET</code></a>, 
- <a name="pdf-LUA_HOOKTAILRET"><code>LUA_HOOKTAILRET</code></a>, <a name="pdf-LUA_HOOKLINE"><code>LUA_HOOKLINE</code></a>, 
- and <a name="pdf-LUA_HOOKCOUNT"><code>LUA_HOOKCOUNT</code></a>. 
- Moreover, for line events, the field <code>currentline</code> is also set. 
- To get the value of any other field in <code>ar</code>, 
- the hook must call <a href="#lua_getinfo"><code>lua_getinfo</code></a>. 
- For return events, <code>event</code> can be <code>LUA_HOOKRET</code>, 
- the normal value, or <code>LUA_HOOKTAILRET</code>. 
- In the latter case, Lua is simulating a return from 
- a function that did a tail call; 
- in this case, it is useless to call <a href="#lua_getinfo"><code>lua_getinfo</code></a>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- While Lua is running a hook, it disables other calls to hooks. 
- Therefore, if a hook calls back Lua to execute a function or a chunk, 
- this execution occurs without any calls to hooks. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_sethook"><code>lua_sethook</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_sethook (lua_State *L, lua_Hook f, int mask, int count);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Sets the debugging hook function. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Argument <code>f</code> is the hook function. 
- <code>mask</code> specifies on which events the hook will be called: 
- it is formed by a bitwise or of the constants 
- <a name="pdf-LUA_MASKCALL"><code>LUA_MASKCALL</code></a>, 
- <a name="pdf-LUA_MASKRET"><code>LUA_MASKRET</code></a>, 
- <a name="pdf-LUA_MASKLINE"><code>LUA_MASKLINE</code></a>, 
- and <a name="pdf-LUA_MASKCOUNT"><code>LUA_MASKCOUNT</code></a>. 
- The <code>count</code> argument is only meaningful when the mask 
- includes <code>LUA_MASKCOUNT</code>. 
- For each event, the hook is called as explained below: 
-   
- <ul> 
-   
- <li><b>The call hook:</b> is called when the interpreter calls a function. 
- The hook is called just after Lua enters the new function, 
- before the function gets its arguments. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li><b>The return hook:</b> is called when the interpreter returns from a function. 
- The hook is called just before Lua leaves the function. 
- You have no access to the values to be returned by the function. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li><b>The line hook:</b> is called when the interpreter is about to 
- start the execution of a new line of code, 
- or when it jumps back in the code (even to the same line). 
- (This event only happens while Lua is executing a Lua function.) 
- </li> 
-   
- <li><b>The count hook:</b> is called after the interpreter executes every 
- <code>count</code> instructions. 
- (This event only happens while Lua is executing a Lua function.) 
- </li> 
-   
- </ul> 
-   
- <p> 
- A hook is disabled by setting <code>mask</code> to zero. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_setlocal"><code>lua_setlocal</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-(0|1), +0, <em>-</em>]</span> 
- <pre>const char *lua_setlocal (lua_State *L, lua_Debug *ar, int n);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Sets the value of a local variable of a given activation record. 
- Parameters <code>ar</code> and <code>n</code> are as in <a href="#lua_getlocal"><code>lua_getlocal</code></a> 
- (see <a href="#lua_getlocal"><code>lua_getlocal</code></a>). 
- <a href="#lua_setlocal"><code>lua_setlocal</code></a> assigns the value at the top of the stack 
- to the variable and returns its name. 
- It also pops the value from the stack. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns <code>NULL</code> (and pops nothing) 
- when the index is greater than 
- the number of active local variables. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_setupvalue"><code>lua_setupvalue</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-(0|1), +0, <em>-</em>]</span> 
- <pre>const char *lua_setupvalue (lua_State *L, int funcindex, int n);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Sets the value of a closure's upvalue. 
- It assigns the value at the top of the stack 
- to the upvalue and returns its name. 
- It also pops the value from the stack. 
- (- see < a href="#lua_getupvalue"- >< code- >lua_getupvalue< /code- >< /a- > )- . 
 
-   
-   
- Returns < code- >NULL< /code- >  (- and pops nothing )
- when the index is greater than the number of upvalues. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < h1- > 4-  - < a name="4"- >The Auxiliary Library< /a- >< /h1- > 
-   
-   
- The < em- >auxiliary library< /em- > provides several convenient functions 
- to interface C with Lua. 
- While the basic API provides the primitive functions for all  
- interactions between C and Lua, 
- the auxiliary library provides higher-level functions for some 
- common tasks. 
-   
-   
- All functions from the auxiliary library 
- are defined in header file < code- >lauxlib.h< /code- > and 
-   
-   
- All functions in the auxiliary library are built on 
- top of the basic API, 
- and so they provide nothing that cannot be done with this API. 
-   
-   
- Several functions in the auxiliary library are used to 
- check C function arguments. 
- All of these functions throw an error if the check is not satisfied. 
- Because the error message is formatted for arguments 
- (e.g., "<code>bad argument #1</code>"), 
- you should not use these functions for other stack values. 
-   
-   
-   
- < h2- > 4.1-  - < a name="4.1"- >Functions and Types< /a- >< /h2- > 
-   
- Here we list all functions and types from the auxiliary library 
- in alphabetical order. 
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >void luaL_addchar  (- luaL_Buffer *B,  char-  c )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- (- see < a href="#luaL_Buffer"- >< code- >luaL_Buffer< /code- >< /a- > )- . 
 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >void luaL_addlstring  (- luaL_Buffer *B, const  char-  *s, size_t l )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- (- see < a href="#luaL_Buffer"- >< code- >luaL_Buffer< /code- >< /a- > )- . 
 
- The string may contain embedded zeros. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >void luaL_addsize  (- luaL_Buffer *B, size_t n )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Adds to the buffer < code- >B< /code- >  (- see < a href="#luaL_Buffer"- >< code- >luaL_Buffer< /code- >< /a- > )
- a string of length < code- >n< /code- > previously copied to the 
- buffer area  (- see < a href="#luaL_prepbuffer"- >< code- >luaL_prepbuffer< /code- >< /a- > )- . 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >void luaL_addstring  (- luaL_Buffer *B, const  char-  *s )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Adds the zero-terminated string pointed to by < code- >s< /code- > 
- (- see < a href="#luaL_Buffer"- >< code- >luaL_Buffer< /code- >< /a- > )- . 
 
- The string may not contain embedded zeros. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >void luaL_addvalue  (- luaL_Buffer *B )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Adds the value at the top of the stack 
- (- see < a href="#luaL_Buffer"- >< code- >luaL_Buffer< /code- >< /a- > )- . 
 
- Pops the value. 
-   
-   
- This is the only function on string buffers that can (and must) 
- be called with an extra element on the stack, 
- which is the value to be added to the buffer. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >void luaL_argcheck  (- lua_State *L, 
-                     int cond, 
-                     int narg, 
-                     const  char-  *extramsg )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Checks whether < code- >cond< /code- > is true. 
- If not, raises an error with the following message, 
- where < code- >func< /code- > is retrieved from the call stack: 
-   
-      bad argument #<narg> to <func> (<extramsg>) 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >int luaL_argerror  (- lua_State *L, int narg, const  char-  *extramsg )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Raises an error with the following message, 
- where < code- >func< /code- > is retrieved from the call stack: 
-   
-      bad argument #<narg> to <func> (<extramsg>) 
-   
- This function never returns, 
- but it is an idiom to use it in C functions 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >typedef struct luaL_Buffer luaL_Buffer;< /pre- > 
-   
- Type for-  a < em- >string buffer< /em- >. 
 
-   
-   
- A string buffer allows C code to build Lua strings piecemeal. 
- Its pattern of use is as follows: 
-   
-   
- < li- >First you  declare-  a variable < code- >b< /code- > of  type-  < a href="#luaL_Buffer"- >< code- >luaL_Buffer< /code- >< /a- >.< /li- > 
-   
- < li- >Then you initialize it with a call < code- >luaL_buffinit (- L, &b )- < /code- >.< /li- > 
-   
- Then you add string pieces to the buffer calling any of 
-   
- You finish by calling < code- >luaL_pushresult (- &b )- < /code- >. 
- This call leaves the final string on the top of the stack. 
-   
-   
- During its normal operation, 
- a string buffer uses a variable number of stack slots. 
- So, while using a buffer, you cannot assume that you know where 
- the top of the stack is. 
- You can use the stack between successive calls to buffer operations 
- as long as that use is balanced; 
- that is, 
- when you call a buffer operation, 
- the stack is at the same level 
- it was immediately after the previous buffer operation. 
- (- The only exception to this rule is < a href="#luaL_addvalue"- >< code- >luaL_addvalue< /code- >< /a- >. )
 
- After calling < a href="#luaL_pushresult"- >< code- >luaL_pushresult< /code- >< /a- > the stack is back to its 
- level when the buffer was initialized, 
- plus the final string on its top. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >void luaL_buffinit  (- lua_State *L, luaL_Buffer *B )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- This function does not allocate any space; 
- the buffer must be declared as a variable 
- (- see < a href="#luaL_Buffer"- >< code- >luaL_Buffer< /code- >< /a- > )- . 
 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >int luaL_callmeta  (- lua_State *L, int obj, const  char-  *e )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Calls a metamethod. 
-   
-   
- If the  object-  at index < code- >obj< /code- > has a metatable and this 
- this function calls this field and passes the object as its only argument. 
- In this case this function returns 1 and pushes onto the 
- stack the value returned by the call. 
- If there is no metatable or no metamethod, 
- this function returns 0 (without pushing any value on the stack). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >void luaL_checkany  (- lua_State *L, int narg )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Checks whether the function has an argument 
- of any  type (- including < b- >nil< /b- > )-  at position < code- >narg< /code- >. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >int luaL_checkint  (- lua_State *L, int narg )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Checks whether the function argument < code- >narg< /code- > is a number 
- and returns this number cast to an < code- >int< /code- >. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >lua_Integer luaL_checkinteger  (- lua_State *L, int narg )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Checks whether the function argument < code- >narg< /code- > is a number 
- and returns this number cast to a < a href="#lua_Integer"- >< code- >lua_Integer< /code- >< /a- >. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >long luaL_checklong  (- lua_State *L, int narg )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Checks whether the function argument < code- >narg< /code- > is a number 
- and returns this number cast to a < code- >long< /code- >. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >const  char-  *luaL_checklstring  (- lua_State *L, int narg, size_t *l )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Checks whether the function argument < code- >narg< /code- > is a string 
- and returns this string; 
- with the string's length. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- This function uses <a href="#lua_tolstring"><code>lua_tolstring</code></a> to get its result, 
- so all conversions and caveats of that function apply here. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="luaL_checknumber"><code>luaL_checknumber</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>v</em>]</span> 
- <pre>lua_Number luaL_checknumber (lua_State *L, int narg);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Checks whether the function argument <code>narg</code> is a number 
- and returns this number. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="luaL_checkoption"><code>luaL_checkoption</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>v</em>]</span> 
- <pre>int luaL_checkoption (lua_State *L, 
-                       int narg, 
-                       const char *def, 
-                       const char *const lst[]);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Checks whether the function argument <code>narg</code> is a string and 
- searches for this string in the array <code>lst</code> 
- (which must be NULL-terminated). 
- Returns the index in the array where the string was found. 
- Raises an error if the argument is not a string or 
- if the string cannot be found. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- If <code>def</code> is not <code>NULL</code>, 
- the function uses <code>def</code> as a default value when 
- there is no argument <code>narg</code> or if this argument is <b>nil</b>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- This is a useful function for mapping strings to C enums. 
- (The usual convention in Lua libraries is 
- to use strings instead of numbers to select options.) 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="luaL_checkstack"><code>luaL_checkstack</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>v</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void luaL_checkstack (lua_State *L, int sz, const char *msg);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Grows the stack size to <code>top + sz</code> elements, 
- raising an error if the stack cannot grow to that size. 
- <code>msg</code> is an additional text to go into the error message. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="luaL_checkstring"><code>luaL_checkstring</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>v</em>]</span> 
- <pre>const char *luaL_checkstring (lua_State *L, int narg);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Checks whether the function argument <code>narg</code> is a string 
- and returns this string. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- This function uses <a href="#lua_tolstring"><code>lua_tolstring</code></a> to get its result, 
- so all conversions and caveats of that function apply here. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="luaL_checktype"><code>luaL_checktype</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>v</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void luaL_checktype (lua_State *L, int narg, int t);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Checks whether the function argument <code>narg</code> has type <code>t</code>. 
- See <a href="#lua_type"><code>lua_type</code></a> for the encoding of types for <code>t</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="luaL_checkudata"><code>luaL_checkudata</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>v</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void *luaL_checkudata (lua_State *L, int narg, const char *tname);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Checks whether the function argument <code>narg</code> is a userdata 
- of the type <code>tname</code> (see <a href="#luaL_newmetatable"><code>luaL_newmetatable</code></a>). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="luaL_dofile"><code>luaL_dofile</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +?, <em>m</em>]</span> 
- <pre>int luaL_dofile (lua_State *L, const char *filename);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Loads and runs the given file. 
- It is defined as the following macro: 
-   
- <pre> 
-      (luaL_loadfile(L, filename) || lua_pcall(L, 0, LUA_MULTRET, 0)) 
- </pre><p> 
- It returns 0 if there are no errors 
- or 1 in case of errors. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="luaL_dostring"><code>luaL_dostring</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +?, <em>m</em>]</span> 
- <pre>int luaL_dostring (lua_State *L, const char *str);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Loads and runs the given string. 
- It is defined as the following macro: 
-   
- <pre> 
-      (luaL_loadstring(L, str) || lua_pcall(L, 0, LUA_MULTRET, 0)) 
- </pre><p> 
- It returns 0 if there are no errors 
- or 1 in case of errors. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="luaL_error"><code>luaL_error</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>v</em>]</span> 
- <pre>int luaL_error (lua_State *L, const char *fmt, ...);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Raises an error. 
- The error message format is given by <code>fmt</code> 
- plus any extra arguments, 
- following the same rules of <a href="#lua_pushfstring"><code>lua_pushfstring</code></a>. 
- It also adds at the beginning of the message the file name and 
- the line number where the error occurred, 
- if this information is available. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- This function never returns, 
- but it is an idiom to use it in C functions 
- as <code>return luaL_error(<em>args</em>)</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="luaL_getmetafield"><code>luaL_getmetafield</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +(0|1), <em>m</em>]</span> 
- <pre>int luaL_getmetafield (lua_State *L, int obj, const char *e);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Pushes onto the stack the field <code>e</code> from the metatable 
- of the object at index <code>obj</code>. 
- If the object does not have a metatable, 
- or if the metatable does not have this field, 
- returns 0 and pushes nothing. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="luaL_getmetatable"><code>luaL_getmetatable</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>-</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void luaL_getmetatable (lua_State *L, const char *tname);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Pushes onto the stack the metatable associated with name <code>tname</code> 
- in the registry (see <a href="#luaL_newmetatable"><code>luaL_newmetatable</code></a>). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="luaL_gsub"><code>luaL_gsub</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>m</em>]</span> 
- <pre>const char *luaL_gsub (lua_State *L, 
-                        const char *s, 
-                        const char *p, 
-                        const char *r);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Creates a copy of string <code>s</code> by replacing 
- any occurrence of the string <code>p</code> 
- with the string <code>r</code>. 
- Pushes the resulting string on the stack and returns it. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="luaL_loadbuffer"><code>luaL_loadbuffer</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>m</em>]</span> 
- <pre>int luaL_loadbuffer (lua_State *L, 
-                      const char *buff, 
-                      size_t sz, 
-                      const char *name);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Loads a buffer as a Lua chunk. 
- This function uses <a href="#lua_load"><code>lua_load</code></a> to load the chunk in the 
- buffer pointed to by <code>buff</code> with size <code>sz</code>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- This function returns the same results as <a href="#lua_load"><code>lua_load</code></a>. 
- <code>name</code> is the chunk name, 
- used for debug information and error messages. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="luaL_loadfile"><code>luaL_loadfile</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>m</em>]</span> 
- <pre>int luaL_loadfile (lua_State *L, const char *filename);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Loads a file as a Lua chunk. 
- This function uses <a href="#lua_load"><code>lua_load</code></a> to load the chunk in the file 
- named <code>filename</code>. 
- If <code>filename</code> is <code>NULL</code>, 
- then it loads from the standard input. 
- The first line in the file is ignored if it starts with a <code>#</code>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- This function returns the same results as <a href="#lua_load"><code>lua_load</code></a>, 
- but it has an extra error code <a name="pdf-LUA_ERRFILE"><code>LUA_ERRFILE</code></a> 
- if it cannot open/read the file. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- As <a href="#lua_load"><code>lua_load</code></a>, this function only loads the chunk; 
- it does not run it. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="luaL_loadstring"><code>luaL_loadstring</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>m</em>]</span> 
- <pre>int luaL_loadstring (lua_State *L, const char *s);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Loads a string as a Lua chunk. 
- This function uses <a href="#lua_load"><code>lua_load</code></a> to load the chunk in 
- the zero-terminated string <code>s</code>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- This function returns the same results as <a href="#lua_load"><code>lua_load</code></a>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Also as <a href="#lua_load"><code>lua_load</code></a>, this function only loads the chunk; 
- it does not run it. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="luaL_newmetatable"><code>luaL_newmetatable</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>m</em>]</span> 
- <pre>int luaL_newmetatable (lua_State *L, const char *tname);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- If the registry already has the key <code>tname</code>, 
- returns 0. 
- Otherwise, 
- creates a new table to be used as a metatable for userdata, 
- adds it to the registry with key <code>tname</code>, 
- and returns 1. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- In both cases pushes onto the stack the final value associated 
- with <code>tname</code> in the registry. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="luaL_newstate"><code>luaL_newstate</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>-</em>]</span> 
- <pre>lua_State *luaL_newstate (void);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Creates a new Lua state. 
- It calls <a href="#lua_newstate"><code>lua_newstate</code></a> with an 
- allocator based on the standard C <code>realloc</code> function 
- and then sets a panic function (see <a href="#lua_atpanic"><code>lua_atpanic</code></a>) that prints 
- an error message to the standard error output in case of fatal 
- errors. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the new state, 
- or <code>NULL</code> if there is a memory allocation error. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="luaL_openlibs"><code>luaL_openlibs</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>m</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void luaL_openlibs (lua_State *L);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Opens all standard Lua libraries into the given state. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="luaL_optint"><code>luaL_optint</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>v</em>]</span> 
- <pre>int luaL_optint (lua_State *L, int narg, int d);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- If the function argument <code>narg</code> is a number, 
- returns this number cast to an <code>int</code>. 
- If this argument is absent or is <b>nil</b>, 
- returns <code>d</code>. 
- Otherwise, raises an error. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="luaL_optinteger"><code>luaL_optinteger</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>v</em>]</span> 
- <pre>lua_Integer luaL_optinteger (lua_State *L, 
-                              int narg, 
-                              lua_Integer d);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- If the function argument <code>narg</code> is a number, 
- returns this number cast to a <a href="#lua_Integer"><code>lua_Integer</code></a>. 
- If this argument is absent or is <b>nil</b>, 
- returns <code>d</code>. 
- Otherwise, raises an error. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="luaL_optlong"><code>luaL_optlong</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>v</em>]</span> 
- <pre>long luaL_optlong (lua_State *L, int narg, long d);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- If the function argument <code>narg</code> is a number, 
- returns this number cast to a <code>long</code>. 
- If this argument is absent or is <b>nil</b>, 
- returns <code>d</code>. 
- Otherwise, raises an error. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="luaL_optlstring"><code>luaL_optlstring</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>v</em>]</span> 
- <pre>const char *luaL_optlstring (lua_State *L, 
-                              int narg, 
-                              const char *d, 
-                              size_t *l);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- If the function argument <code>narg</code> is a string, 
- returns this string. 
- If this argument is absent or is <b>nil</b>, 
- returns <code>d</code>. 
- Otherwise, raises an error. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- If <code>l</code> is not <code>NULL</code>, 
- fills the position <code>*l</code> with the results's length. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >lua_Number luaL_optnumber  (- lua_State *L, int narg, lua_Number d )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- If the function argument < code- >narg< /code- > is a number, 
- returns this number. 
- If this argument is absent or is < b- >nil< /b- >, 
- Otherwise, raises an error. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >const  char-  *luaL_optstring  (- lua_State *L, 
-                             int narg, 
-   
- If the function argument < code- >narg< /code- > is a string, 
- returns this string. 
- If this argument is absent or is < b- >nil< /b- >, 
- Otherwise, raises an error. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- > char-  *luaL_prepbuffer  (- luaL_Buffer *B )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Returns an address to a space of  size-  < a name="pdf-LUAL_BUFFERSIZE"- >< code- >LUAL_BUFFERSIZE< /code- >< /a- > 
- where you can copy a string to be added to buffer < code- >B< /code- > 
- (- see < a href="#luaL_Buffer"- >< code- >luaL_Buffer< /code- >< /a- > )- . 
 
- After copying the string into this space you must call 
- < a href="#luaL_addsize"- >< code- >luaL_addsize< /code- >< /a- > with the  size-  of the string to actually add  
- it to the buffer. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >void luaL_pushresult  (- luaL_Buffer *B )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Finishes the use of buffer < code- >B< /code- > leaving the final string on 
- the top of the stack. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >int luaL_ref  (- lua_State *L, int t )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Creates and returns a < em- >reference< /em- >, 
- for the object at the top of the stack (and pops the object). 
-   
-   
- A reference is a unique integer key. 
- As long as you do not manually add integer keys into table < code- >t< /code- >, 
- < a href="#luaL_ref"- >< code- >luaL_ref< /code- >< /a- > ensures the uniqueness of the key it returns. 
- You can retrieve an  object-  referred by reference < code- >r< /code- > 
- by calling < code- >lua_rawgeti (- L, t, r )- < /code- >. 
- Function < a href="#luaL_unref"- >< code- >luaL_unref< /code- >< /a- > frees a reference and its associated  object- . 
-   
-   
- If the  object-  at the top of the stack is < b- >nil< /b- >, 
- < a href="#luaL_ref"- >< code- >luaL_ref< /code- >< /a- > returns the constant < a name="pdf-LUA_REFNIL"- >< code- >LUA_REFNIL< /code- >< /a- >. 
- The constant < a name="pdf-LUA_NOREF"- >< code- >LUA_NOREF< /code- >< /a- > is guaranteed to be different 
- from any reference returned by < a href="#luaL_ref"- >< code- >luaL_ref< /code- >< /a- >. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >typedef struct luaL_Reg  {
-   const char *name; 
-   lua_CFunction func; 
-   
- Type for arrays of functions to be registered by 
- < a href="#luaL_register"- >< code- >luaL_register< /code- >< /a- >. 
- the function. 
- Any array of < a href="#luaL_Reg"- >< code- >luaL_Reg< /code- >< /a- > must end with an sentinel entry 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >void luaL_register  (- lua_State *L, 
-                     const char *libname, 
-                     const luaL_Reg *l )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Opens a library. 
-   
-   
- it simply registers all functions in the list < code- >l< /code- > 
- (- see < a href="#luaL_Reg"- >< code- >luaL_Reg< /code- >< /a- > )-  into the table on the top of the stack. 
 
-   
-   
- When called with a non-null < code- >libname< /code- >, 
- sets it as the  value-  of the global variable < code- >libname< /code- >, 
- sets it as the  value-  of < code- >package.loaded [- libname ]- < /code- >, 
- and registers on it all functions in the list < code- >l< /code- >. 
- If there is a table in < code- >package.loaded [- libname ]- < /code- > or in 
- reuses this table instead of creating a new one. 
-   
-   
- In any case the function leaves the table 
- on the top of the stack. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >const  char-  *luaL_typename  (- lua_State *L, int index )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Returns the name of the type of the value at the given index. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >int luaL_typerror  (- lua_State *L, int narg, const  char-  *tname )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Generates an error with a message like the following: 
-   
-      < em- >location< /em- >: bad argument < em- >narg< /em- > to  '<em>func</em>' (- < em- >tname< /em- > expected, got < em- >rt< /em- > )
- < code- >< em- >func< /em- >< /code- > is the  name-  of the current function, 
- and < code- >< em- >rt< /em- >< /code- > is the  type name-  of the actual argument. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >void luaL_unref  (- lua_State *L, int t, int ref )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- (- see < a href="#luaL_ref"- >< code- >luaL_ref< /code- >< /a- > )- . 
 
- The entry is removed from the table, 
- so that the referred object can be collected. 
- The reference < code- >ref< /code- > is also freed to be used again. 
-   
-   
- < a href="#luaL_unref"- >< code- >luaL_unref< /code- >< /a- > does nothing. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >void luaL_where  (- lua_State *L, int lvl )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Pushes onto the stack a string identifying the current position 
- of the control at level < code- >lvl< /code- > in the call stack. 
- Typically this string has the following format: 
-   
-      < em- >chunkname< /em- >:< em- >currentline< /em- >: 
- Level 0 is the running function, 
- level 1 is the function that called the running function, 
- etc. 
-   
-   
- This function is used to build a prefix for error messages. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < h1- > 5-  - < a name="5"- >Standard Libraries< /a- >< /h1- > 
-   
- The standard Lua libraries provide useful functions 
- that are implemented directly through the C API. 
- Some of these functions provide essential services to the language 
- (- e.g., < a href="#pdf-type"- >< code- >type< /code- >< /a- > and < a href="#pdf-getmetatable"- >< code- >getmetatable< /code- >< /a- > )- ; 
 
- others provide access to "outside" services (e.g., I/O); 
- and others could be implemented in Lua itself, 
- but are quite useful or have critical performance requirements that 
- deserve an implementation in C  (- e.g., < a href="#pdf-table.sort"- >< code- >table.sort< /code- >< /a- > )- . 
-   
-   
- All libraries are implemented through the official C API 
- and are provided as separate C modules. 
- Currently, Lua has the following standard libraries: 
-   
-   
- < li- >basic library, which includes the coroutine sub-library;< /li- > 
-   
- < li- >package library;< /li- > 
-   
- < li- >string manipulation;< /li- > 
-   
- < li- >table manipulation;< /li- > 
-   
- < li- >mathematical functions  (- sin, log, etc. )- ;< /li- > 
-   
- < li- >input and output;< /li- > 
-   
- < li- >operating system facilities;< /li- > 
-   
- < li- >debug facilities.< /li- > 
-   
- Except for the basic and package libraries, 
- each library provides all its functions as fields of a global table 
- or as methods of its objects. 
-   
-   
- To have access to these libraries, 
- the C host program should call the < a href="#luaL_openlibs"- >< code- >luaL_openlibs< /code- >< /a- > function, 
- which opens all standard libraries. 
- Alternatively, 
- it can open them individually by calling 
- < a name="pdf-luaopen_base"- >< code- >luaopen_base< /code- >< /a- >  (for-  the basic library )- , 
- < a name="pdf-luaopen_package"- >< code- >luaopen_package< /code- >< /a- >  (for-  the package library )- , 
- < a name="pdf-luaopen_string"- >< code- >luaopen_string< /code- >< /a- >  (for-  the string library )- , 
- < a name="pdf-luaopen_table"- >< code- >luaopen_table< /code- >< /a- >  (for-  the table library )- , 
- < a name="pdf-luaopen_math"- >< code- >luaopen_math< /code- >< /a- >  (for-  the mathematical library )- , 
- < a name="pdf-luaopen_io"- >< code- >luaopen_io< /code- >< /a- >  (for-  the I /- O library )- , 
- < a name="pdf-luaopen_os"- >< code- >luaopen_os< /code- >< /a- >  (for-  the Operating System library )- , 
- and < a name="pdf-luaopen_debug"- >< code- >luaopen_debug< /code- >< /a- >  (for-  the debug library )- . 
- These functions are declared in < a name="pdf-lualib.h"- >< code- >lualib.h< /code- >< /a- > 
- and should not be called directly: 
- you must call them like any other Lua C function, 
- e.g., by using < a href="#lua_call"- >< code- >lua_call< /code- >< /a- >. 
-   
-   
-   
- < h2- > 5.1-  - < a name="5.1"- >Basic Functions< /a- >< /h2- > 
-   
- The basic library provides some core functions to Lua. 
- If you do not include this library in your application, 
- you should check carefully whether you need to provide  
- implementations for some of its facilities. 
-   
-   
- Issues an  error when 
- the  value-  of its argument < code- >v< /code- > is false  (- i.e., < b- >nil< /b- > or < b- >false< /b- > )- ; 
- otherwise, returns all its arguments. 
- < code- >message< /code- > is an error message; 
- when absent, it defaults to "assertion failed!" 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < hr- >< h3- >< a name="pdf-collectgarbage"- >< code- >collectgarbage  ([- opt  [- , arg ]])- < /code- >< /a- >< /h3- > 
-   
-   
- This function is a generic interface to the garbage collector. 
- It performs different functions according to its first argument, < code- >opt< /code- >: 
-   
-   
- performs a full garbage-collection cycle. 
- This is the default option. 
-   
- stops the garbage collector. 
-   
- restarts the garbage collector. 
-   
- returns the total memory in use by Lua (in Kbytes). 
-   
- performs a garbage-collection step. 
- The step  "size"-  is controlled by < code- >arg< /code- > 
- (larger values mean more steps) in a non-specified way. 
- If you want to control the step size 
- you must experimentally tune the  value-  of < code- >arg< /code- >. 
- Returns < b- >true< /b- > if the step finished a collection cycle. 
-   
- sets < code- >arg< /code- > as the new  value for-  the < em- >pause< /em- > of 
- the collector  (- see < a href="#2.10"- >§ 2.10- < /a- > )- . 
- Returns the previous  value for-  < em- >pause< /em- >. 
-   
- sets < code- >arg< /code- > as the new  value for-  the < em- >step multiplier< /em- > of 
- the collector  (- see < a href="#2.10"- >§ 2.10- < /a- > )- . 
- Returns the previous  value for-  < em- >step< /em- >. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- Opens the named file and executes its contents as a Lua chunk. 
- When called without arguments, 
- < code- >dofile< /code- > executes the contents of the standard input  (- < code- >stdin< /code- > )- . 
- Returns all values returned by the chunk. 
- In case of errors, < code- >dofile< /code- > propagates the error 
- to its caller  (- that is, < code- >dofile< /code- > does not run in protected mode )- . 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- Terminates the last protected function called 
- and returns < code- >message< /code- > as the error message. 
- Function < code- >error< /code- > never returns. 
-   
-   
- Usually, < code- >error< /code- > adds some information about the error position 
- at the beginning of the message. 
- The < code- >level< /code- > argument specifies how to get the error position. 
- With level 1 (the default), the error position is where the 
- Level 2 points the error to where the function 
- that called < code- >error< /code- > was called; and so on. 
- Passing a level 0 avoids the addition of error position information 
- to the message. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- A global variable (not a function) that 
- holds the global environment  (- that is, < code- >_G._G  =-  _G< /code- > )- . 
- Lua itself does not use this variable; 
- changing its value does not affect any environment, 
- nor vice-versa. 
- (- Use < a href="#pdf-setfenv"- >< code- >setfenv< /code- >< /a- > to change environments. )
 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- Returns the current environment in use by the function. 
- < code- >f< /code- > can be a Lua function or a number 
- that specifies the function at that stack level: 
- Level  1-  is the function calling < code- >getfenv< /code- >. 
- If the given function is not a Lua function, 
- < code- >getfenv< /code- > returns the global environment. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- If < code- >object< /code- > does not have a metatable, returns < b- >nil< /b- >. 
- Otherwise, 
- if the object's metatable has a <code>"__metatable"</code> field, 
- returns the associated value. 
- Otherwise, returns the metatable of the given object. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-ipairs"><code>ipairs (t)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns three values: an iterator function, the table <code>t</code>, and 0, 
- so that the construction 
-   
- <pre> 
-      for i,v in ipairs(t) do <em>body</em> end 
- </pre><p> 
- will iterate over the pairs (<code>1,t[1]</code>), (<code>2,t[2]</code>), ···, 
- up to the first integer key absent from the table. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-load"><code>load (func [, chunkname])</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Loads a chunk using function <code>func</code> to get its pieces. 
- Each call to <code>func</code> must return a string that concatenates 
- with previous results. 
- A return of an empty string, <b>nil</b>, or no value signals the end of the chunk. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- If there are no errors,  
- returns the compiled chunk as a function; 
- otherwise, returns <b>nil</b> plus the error message. 
- The environment of the returned function is the global environment. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <code>chunkname</code> is used as the chunk name for error messages 
- and debug information. 
- When absent, 
- it defaults to "<code>=(load)</code>". 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-loadfile"><code>loadfile ([filename])</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Similar to <a href="#pdf-load"><code>load</code></a>, 
- but gets the chunk from file <code>filename</code> 
- or from the standard input, 
- if no file name is given. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-loadstring"><code>loadstring (string [, chunkname])</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Similar to <a href="#pdf-load"><code>load</code></a>, 
- but gets the chunk from the given string. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- To load and run a given string, use the idiom 
-   
- <pre> 
-      assert(loadstring(s))() 
- </pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- When absent, 
- <code>chunkname</code> defaults to the given string. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-next"><code>next (table [, index])</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Allows a program to traverse all fields of a table. 
- Its first argument is a table and its second argument 
- is an index in this table. 
- <code>next</code> returns the next index of the table 
- and its associated value. 
- When called with <b>nil</b> as its second argument, 
- <code>next</code> returns an initial index 
- and its associated value. 
- When called with the last index, 
- or with <b>nil</b> in an empty table, 
- <code>next</code> returns <b>nil</b>. 
- If the second argument is absent, then it is interpreted as <b>nil</b>. 
- In particular, 
- you can use <code>next(t)</code> to check whether a table is empty. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The order in which the indices are enumerated is not specified, 
- <em>even for numeric indices</em>. 
- (To traverse a table in numeric order, 
- use a numerical <b>for</b> or the <a href="#pdf-ipairs"><code>ipairs</code></a> function.) 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The behavior of <code>next</code> is <em>undefined</em> if, 
- during the traversal, 
- you assign any value to a non-existent field in the table. 
- You may however modify existing fields. 
- In particular, you may clear existing fields. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-pairs"><code>pairs (t)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns three values: the <a href="#pdf-next"><code>next</code></a> function, the table <code>t</code>, and <b>nil</b>, 
- so that the construction 
-   
- <pre> 
-      for k,v in pairs(t) do <em>body</em> end 
- </pre><p> 
- will iterate over all key–value pairs of table <code>t</code>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- See function <a href="#pdf-next"><code>next</code></a> for the caveats of modifying 
- the table during its traversal. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-pcall"><code>pcall (f, arg1, ···)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Calls function <code>f</code> with 
- the given arguments in <em>protected mode</em>. 
- This means that any error inside <code>f</code> is not propagated; 
- instead, <code>pcall</code> catches the error 
- and returns a status code. 
- Its first result is the status code (a boolean), 
- which is true if the call succeeds without errors. 
- In such case, <code>pcall</code> also returns all results from the call, 
- after this first result. 
- In case of any error, <code>pcall</code> returns <b>false</b> plus the error message. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-print"><code>print (···)</code></a></h3> 
- Receives any number of arguments, 
- and prints their values to <code>stdout</code>, 
- using the <a href="#pdf-tostring"><code>tostring</code></a> function to convert them to strings. 
- <code>print</code> is not intended for formatted output, 
- but only as a quick way to show a value, 
- typically for debugging. 
- For formatted output, use <a href="#pdf-string.format"><code>string.format</code></a>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-rawequal"><code>rawequal (v1, v2)</code></a></h3> 
- Checks whether <code>v1</code> is equal to <code>v2</code>, 
- without invoking any metamethod. 
- Returns a boolean. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-rawget"><code>rawget (table, index)</code></a></h3> 
- Gets the real value of <code>table[index]</code>, 
- without invoking any metamethod. 
- <code>table</code> must be a table; 
- <code>index</code> may be any value. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-rawset"><code>rawset (table, index, value)</code></a></h3> 
- Sets the real value of <code>table[index]</code> to <code>value</code>, 
- without invoking any metamethod. 
- <code>table</code> must be a table, 
- <code>index</code> any value different from <b>nil</b>, 
- and <code>value</code> any Lua value. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- This function returns <code>table</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-select"><code>select (index, ···)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- If <code>index</code> is a number, 
- returns all arguments after argument number <code>index</code>. 
- Otherwise, <code>index</code> must be the string <code>"#"</code>, 
- and <code>select</code> returns the total number of extra arguments it received. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-setfenv"><code>setfenv (f, table)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Sets the environment to be used by the given function. 
- <code>f</code> can be a Lua function or a number 
- that specifies the function at that stack level: 
- Level 1 is the function calling <code>setfenv</code>. 
- <code>setfenv</code> returns the given function. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- As a special case, when <code>f</code> is 0 <code>setfenv</code> changes 
- the environment of the running thread. 
- In this case, <code>setfenv</code> returns no values. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-setmetatable"><code>setmetatable (table, metatable)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Sets the metatable for the given table. 
- (You cannot change the metatable of other types from Lua, only from C.) 
- If <code>metatable</code> is <b>nil</b>, 
- removes the metatable of the given table. 
- If the original metatable has a <code>"__metatable"</code> field, 
- raises an error. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- This function returns <code>table</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-tonumber"><code>tonumber (e [, base])</code></a></h3> 
- Tries to convert its argument to a number. 
- If the argument is already a number or a string convertible 
- to a number, then <code>tonumber</code> returns this number; 
- otherwise, it returns <b>nil</b>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- An optional argument specifies the base to interpret the numeral. 
- The base may be any integer between 2 and 36, inclusive. 
- In bases above 10, the letter '- < code- >A< /code- > ' (in either upper or lower case)
 
- represents 10, '- < code- >B< /code- > ' represents 11, and so forth,
 
- In base 10 (the default), the number can have a decimal part, 
- as well as an optional exponent part (see <a href="#2.1">§2.1</a>). 
- In other bases, only unsigned integers are accepted. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-tostring"><code>tostring (e)</code></a></h3> 
- Receives an argument of any type and 
- converts it to a string in a reasonable format. 
- For complete control of how numbers are converted, 
- use <a href="#pdf-string.format"><code>string.format</code></a>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- If the metatable of <code>e</code> has a <code>"__tostring"</code> field, 
- then <code>tostring</code> calls the corresponding value 
- with <code>e</code> as argument, 
- and uses the result of the call as its result. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-type"><code>type (v)</code></a></h3> 
- Returns the type of its only argument, coded as a string. 
- The possible results of this function are 
- "<code>nil</code>" (a string, not the value <b>nil</b>), 
- "<code>number</code>", 
- "<code>string</code>", 
- "<code>boolean</code>", 
- "<code>table</code>", 
- "<code>function</code>", 
- "<code>thread</code>", 
- and "<code>userdata</code>". 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-unpack"><code>unpack (list [, i [, j]])</code></a></h3> 
- Returns the elements from the given table. 
- This function is equivalent to 
-   
- <pre> 
-      return list[i], list[i+1], ···, list[j] 
- </pre><p> 
- except that the above code can be written only for a fixed number 
- of elements. 
- By default, <code>i</code> is 1 and <code>j</code> is the length of the list, 
- as defined by the length operator (see <a href="#2.5.5">§2.5.5</a>). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-_VERSION"><code>_VERSION</code></a></h3> 
- A global variable (not a function) that 
- holds a string containing the current interpreter version. 
- The current contents of this variable is "<code>Lua 5.1</code>". 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-xpcall"><code>xpcall (f, err)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- This function is similar to <a href="#pdf-pcall"><code>pcall</code></a>, 
- except that you can set a new error handler. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <code>xpcall</code> calls function <code>f</code> in protected mode, 
- using <code>err</code> as the error handler. 
- Any error inside <code>f</code> is not propagated; 
- instead, <code>xpcall</code> catches the error, 
- calls the <code>err</code> function with the original error object, 
- and returns a status code. 
- Its first result is the status code (a boolean), 
- which is true if the call succeeds without errors. 
- In this case, <code>xpcall</code> also returns all results from the call, 
- after this first result. 
- In case of any error, 
- <code>xpcall</code> returns <b>false</b> plus the result from <code>err</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h2>5.2 - <a name="5.2">Coroutine Manipulation</a></h2> 
-   
- <p> 
- The operations related to coroutines comprise a sub-library of 
- the basic library and come inside the table <a name="pdf-coroutine"><code>coroutine</code></a>. 
- See <a href="#2.11">§2.11</a> for a general description of coroutines. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-coroutine.create"><code>coroutine.create (f)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Creates a new coroutine, with body <code>f</code>. 
- <code>f</code> must be a Lua function. 
- Returns this new coroutine, 
- an object with type <code>"thread"</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-coroutine.resume"><code>coroutine.resume (co [, val1, ···])</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Starts or continues the execution of coroutine <code>co</code>. 
- The first time you resume a coroutine, 
- it starts running its body. 
- The values <code>val1</code>, ··· are passed 
- as the arguments to the body function. 
- If the coroutine has yielded, 
- <code>resume</code> restarts it; 
- the values <code>val1</code>, ··· are passed 
- as the results from the yield. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- If the coroutine runs without any errors, 
- <code>resume</code> returns <b>true</b> plus any values passed to <code>yield</code> 
- (if the coroutine yields) or any values returned by the body function 
- (if the coroutine terminates). 
- If there is any error, 
- <code>resume</code> returns <b>false</b> plus the error message. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-coroutine.running"><code>coroutine.running ()</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the running coroutine, 
- or <b>nil</b> when called by the main thread. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-coroutine.status"><code>coroutine.status (co)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the status of coroutine <code>co</code>, as a string: 
- <code>"running"</code>, 
- if the coroutine is running (that is, it called <code>status</code>); 
- <code>"suspended"</code>, if the coroutine is suspended in a call to <code>yield</code>, 
- or if it has not started running yet; 
- <code>"normal"</code> if the coroutine is active but not running 
- (that is, it has resumed another coroutine); 
- and <code>"dead"</code> if the coroutine has finished its body function, 
- or if it has stopped with an error. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-coroutine.wrap"><code>coroutine.wrap (f)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Creates a new coroutine, with body <code>f</code>. 
- <code>f</code> must be a Lua function. 
- Returns a function that resumes the coroutine each time it is called. 
- Any arguments passed to the function behave as the 
- extra arguments to <code>resume</code>. 
- Returns the same values returned by <code>resume</code>, 
- except the first boolean. 
- In case of error, propagates the error. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-coroutine.yield"><code>coroutine.yield (···)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Suspends the execution of the calling coroutine. 
- The coroutine cannot be running a C function, 
- a metamethod, or an iterator. 
- Any arguments to <code>yield</code> are passed as extra results to <code>resume</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h2>5.3 - <a name="5.3">Modules</a></h2> 
-   
- <p> 
- The package library provides basic 
- facilities for loading and building modules in Lua. 
- It exports two of its functions directly in the global environment: 
- <a href="#pdf-require"><code>require</code></a> and <a href="#pdf-module"><code>module</code></a>. 
- Everything else is exported in a table <a name="pdf-package"><code>package</code></a>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-module"><code>module (name [, ···])</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Creates a module. 
- If there is a table in <code>package.loaded[name]</code>, 
- this table is the module. 
- Otherwise, if there is a global table <code>t</code> with the given name, 
- this table is the module. 
- Otherwise creates a new table <code>t</code> and 
- sets it as the value of the global <code>name</code> and 
- the value of <code>package.loaded[name]</code>. 
- This function also initializes <code>t._NAME</code> with the given name, 
- <code>t._M</code> with the module (<code>t</code> itself), 
- and <code>t._PACKAGE</code> with the package name 
- (the full module name minus last component; see below). 
- Finally, <code>module</code> sets <code>t</code> as the new environment 
- of the current function and the new value of <code>package.loaded[name]</code>, 
- so that <a href="#pdf-require"><code>require</code></a> returns <code>t</code>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- If <code>name</code> is a compound name 
- (that is, one with components separated by dots), 
- <code>module</code> creates (or reuses, if they already exist) 
- tables for each component. 
- For instance, if <code>name</code> is <code>a.b.c</code>, 
- then <code>module</code> stores the module table in field <code>c</code> of 
- field <code>b</code> of global <code>a</code>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- This function can receive optional <em>options</em> after 
- the module name, 
- where each option is a function to be applied over the module. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-require"><code>require (modname)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Loads the given module. 
- The function starts by looking into the <a href="#pdf-package.loaded"><code>package.loaded</code></a> table 
- to determine whether <code>modname</code> is already loaded. 
- If it is, then <code>require</code> returns the value stored 
- at <code>package.loaded[modname]</code>. 
- Otherwise, it tries to find a <em>loader</em> for the module. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- To find a loader, 
- <code>require</code> is guided by the <a href="#pdf-package.loaders"><code>package.loaders</code></a> array. 
- By changing this array, 
- we can change how <code>require</code> looks for a module. 
- The following explanation is based on the default configuration 
- for <a href="#pdf-package.loaders"><code>package.loaders</code></a>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- First <code>require</code> queries <code>package.preload[modname]</code>. 
- If it has a value, 
- this value (which should be a function) is the loader. 
- Otherwise <code>require</code> searches for a Lua loader using the 
- path stored in <a href="#pdf-package.path"><code>package.path</code></a>. 
- If that also fails, it searches for a C loader using the 
- path stored in <a href="#pdf-package.cpath"><code>package.cpath</code></a>. 
- If that also fails, 
- it tries an <em>all-in-one</em> loader (see <a href="#pdf-package.loaders"><code>package.loaders</code></a>). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Once a loader is found, 
- <code>require</code> calls the loader with a single argument, <code>modname</code>. 
- If the loader returns any value, 
- <code>require</code> assigns the returned value to <code>package.loaded[modname]</code>. 
- If the loader returns no value and 
- has not assigned any value to <code>package.loaded[modname]</code>, 
- then <code>require</code> assigns <b>true</b> to this entry. 
- In any case, <code>require</code> returns the 
- final value of <code>package.loaded[modname]</code>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- If there is any error loading or running the module, 
- or if it cannot find any loader for the module, 
- then <code>require</code> signals an error.  
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-package.cpath"><code>package.cpath</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The path used by <a href="#pdf-require"><code>require</code></a> to search for a C loader. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Lua initializes the C path <a href="#pdf-package.cpath"><code>package.cpath</code></a> in the same way 
- it initializes the Lua path <a href="#pdf-package.path"><code>package.path</code></a>, 
- using the environment variable <a name="pdf-LUA_CPATH"><code>LUA_CPATH</code></a> 
- or a default path defined in <code>luaconf.h</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-package.loaded"><code>package.loaded</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- A table used by <a href="#pdf-require"><code>require</code></a> to control which 
- modules are already loaded. 
- When you require a module <code>modname</code> and 
- <code>package.loaded[modname]</code> is not false, 
- <a href="#pdf-require"><code>require</code></a> simply returns the value stored there. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-package.loaders"><code>package.loaders</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- A table used by <a href="#pdf-require"><code>require</code></a> to control how to load modules. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Each entry in this table is a <em>searcher function</em>. 
- When looking for a module, 
- <a href="#pdf-require"><code>require</code></a> calls each of these searchers in ascending order, 
- with the module name (the argument given to <a href="#pdf-require"><code>require</code></a>) as its 
- sole parameter. 
- The function can return another function (the module <em>loader</em>) 
- or a string explaining why it did not find that module 
- (or <b>nil</b> if it has nothing to say). 
- Lua initializes this table with four functions. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The first searcher simply looks for a loader in the 
- <a href="#pdf-package.preload"><code>package.preload</code></a> table. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The second searcher looks for a loader as a Lua library, 
- using the path stored at <a href="#pdf-package.path"><code>package.path</code></a>. 
- A path is a sequence of <em>templates</em> separated by semicolons. 
- For each template, 
- the searcher will change each interrogation 
- mark in the template by <code>filename</code>, 
- which is the module name with each dot replaced by a 
- "directory separator" (such as "<code>/</code>" in Unix); 
- then it will try to open the resulting file name. 
- So, for instance, if the Lua path is the string 
-   
- <pre> 
-      "./?.lua;./?.lc;/usr/local/?/init.lua" 
- </pre><p> 
- the search for a Lua file for module <code>foo</code> 
- will try to open the files 
- <code>./foo.lua</code>, <code>./foo.lc</code>, and 
- <code>/usr/local/foo/init.lua</code>, in that order. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The third searcher looks for a loader as a C library, 
- using the path given by the variable <a href="#pdf-package.cpath"><code>package.cpath</code></a>. 
- For instance, 
- if the C path is the string 
-   
- <pre> 
-      "./?.so;./?.dll;/usr/local/?/init.so" 
- </pre><p> 
- the searcher for module <code>foo</code> 
- will try to open the files <code>./foo.so</code>, <code>./foo.dll</code>, 
- and <code>/usr/local/foo/init.so</code>, in that order. 
- Once it finds a C library, 
- this searcher first uses a dynamic link facility to link the 
- application with the library. 
- Then it tries to find a C function inside the library to 
- be used as the loader. 
- The name of this C function is the string "<code>luaopen_</code>" 
- concatenated with a copy of the module name where each dot 
- is replaced by an underscore. 
- Moreover, if the module name has a hyphen, 
- its prefix up to (and including) the first hyphen is removed. 
- For instance, if the module name is <code>a.v1-b.c</code>, 
- the function name will be <code>luaopen_b_c</code>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The fourth searcher tries an <em>all-in-one loader</em>. 
- It searches the C path for a library for 
- the root name of the given module. 
- For instance, when requiring <code>a.b.c</code>, 
- it will search for a C library for <code>a</code>. 
- If found, it looks into it for an open function for 
- the submodule; 
- in our example, that would be <code>luaopen_a_b_c</code>. 
- With this facility, a package can pack several C submodules 
- into one single library, 
- with each submodule keeping its original open function. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-package.loadlib"><code>package.loadlib (libname, funcname)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Dynamically links the host program with the C library <code>libname</code>. 
- Inside this library, looks for a function <code>funcname</code> 
- and returns this function as a C function. 
- (So, <code>funcname</code> must follow the protocol (see <a href="#lua_CFunction"><code>lua_CFunction</code></a>)). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- This is a low-level function. 
- It completely bypasses the package and module system. 
- Unlike <a href="#pdf-require"><code>require</code></a>, 
- it does not perform any path searching and 
- does not automatically adds extensions. 
- <code>libname</code> must be the complete file name of the C library, 
- including if necessary a path and extension. 
- <code>funcname</code> must be the exact name exported by the C library 
- (which may depend on the C compiler and linker used). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- This function is not supported by ANSI C. 
- As such, it is only available on some platforms 
- (Windows, Linux, Mac OS X, Solaris, BSD, 
- plus other Unix systems that support the <code>dlfcn</code> standard). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-package.path"><code>package.path</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The path used by <a href="#pdf-require"><code>require</code></a> to search for a Lua loader. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- At start-up, Lua initializes this variable with 
- the value of the environment variable <a name="pdf-LUA_PATH"><code>LUA_PATH</code></a> or 
- with a default path defined in <code>luaconf.h</code>, 
- if the environment variable is not defined. 
- Any "<code>;;</code>" in the value of the environment variable 
- is replaced by the default path. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-package.preload"><code>package.preload</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- A table to store loaders for specific modules 
- (see <a href="#pdf-require"><code>require</code></a>). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-package.seeall"><code>package.seeall (module)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Sets a metatable for <code>module</code> with 
- its <code>__index</code> field referring to the global environment, 
- so that this module inherits values 
- from the global environment. 
- To be used as an option to function <a href="#pdf-module"><code>module</code></a>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h2>5.4 - <a name="5.4">String Manipulation</a></h2> 
-   
- <p> 
- This library provides generic functions for string manipulation, 
- such as finding and extracting substrings, and pattern matching. 
- When indexing a string in Lua, the first character is at position 1 
- (not at 0, as in C). 
- Indices are allowed to be negative and are interpreted as indexing backwards, 
- from the end of the string. 
- Thus, the last character is at position -1, and so on. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The string library provides all its functions inside the table 
- <a name="pdf-string"><code>string</code></a>. 
- It also sets a metatable for strings 
- where the <code>__index</code> field points to the <code>string</code> table. 
- Therefore, you can use the string functions in object-oriented style. 
- For instance, <code>string.byte(s, i)</code> 
- can be written as <code>s:byte(i)</code>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The string library assumes one-byte character encodings. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-string.byte"><code>string.byte (s [, i [, j]])</code></a></h3> 
- Returns the internal numerical codes of the characters <code>s[i]</code>, 
- <code>s[i+1]</code>, ···, <code>s[j]</code>. 
- The default value for <code>i</code> is 1; 
- the default value for <code>j</code> is <code>i</code>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Note that numerical codes are not necessarily portable across platforms. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-string.char"><code>string.char (···)</code></a></h3> 
- Receives zero or more integers. 
- Returns a string with length equal to the number of arguments, 
- in which each character has the internal numerical code equal 
- to its corresponding argument. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Note that numerical codes are not necessarily portable across platforms. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-string.dump"><code>string.dump (function)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns a string containing a binary representation of the given function, 
- so that a later <a href="#pdf-loadstring"><code>loadstring</code></a> on this string returns 
- a copy of the function. 
- <code>function</code> must be a Lua function without upvalues. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-string.find"><code>string.find (s, pattern [, init [, plain]])</code></a></h3> 
- Looks for the first match of 
- <code>pattern</code> in the string <code>s</code>. 
- If it finds a match, then <code>find</code> returns the indices of <code>s</code> 
- where this occurrence starts and ends; 
- otherwise, it returns <b>nil</b>. 
- A third, optional numerical argument <code>init</code> specifies 
- where to start the search; 
- its default value is 1 and can be negative. 
- A value of <b>true</b> as a fourth, optional argument <code>plain</code> 
- turns off the pattern matching facilities, 
- so the function does a plain "find substring" operation, 
- with no characters in <code>pattern</code> being considered "magic". 
- Note that if <code>plain</code> is given, then <code>init</code> must be given as well. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- If the pattern has captures, 
- then in a successful match 
- the captured values are also returned, 
- after the two indices. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-string.format"><code>string.format (formatstring, ···)</code></a></h3> 
- Returns a formatted version of its variable number of arguments 
- following the description given in its first argument (which must be a string). 
- The format string follows the same rules as the <code>printf</code> family of 
- standard C functions. 
- The only differences are that the options/modifiers 
- <code>*</code>, <code>l</code>, <code>L</code>, <code>n</code>, <code>p</code>, 
- and <code>h</code> are not supported 
- and that there is an extra option, <code>q</code>. 
- The <code>q</code> option formats a string in a form suitable to be safely read 
- back by the Lua interpreter: 
- the string is written between double quotes, 
- and all double quotes, newlines, embedded zeros, 
- and backslashes in the string 
- are correctly escaped when written. 
- For instance, the call 
-   
- <pre> 
-      string.format('%q', 'a string with "quotes" and \n new line') 
- </pre><p> 
- will produce the string: 
-   
- <pre> 
-      "a string with \"quotes\" and \ 
-       new line" 
- </pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- The options <code>c</code>, <code>d</code>, <code>E</code>, <code>e</code>, <code>f</code>, 
- <code>g</code>, <code>G</code>, <code>i</code>, <code>o</code>, <code>u</code>, <code>X</code>, and <code>x</code> all 
- expect a number as argument, 
- whereas <code>q</code> and <code>s</code> expect a string. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- This function does not accept string values 
- containing embedded zeros, 
- except as arguments to the <code>q</code> option. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-string.gmatch"><code>string.gmatch (s, pattern)</code></a></h3> 
- Returns an iterator function that, 
- each time it is called, 
- returns the next captures from <code>pattern</code> over string <code>s</code>. 
- If <code>pattern</code> specifies no captures, 
- then the whole match is produced in each call. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- As an example, the following loop 
-   
- <pre> 
-      s = "hello world from Lua" 
-      for w in string.gmatch(s, "%a+") do 
-        print(w) 
-      end 
- </pre><p> 
- will iterate over all the words from string <code>s</code>, 
- printing one per line. 
- The next example collects all pairs <code>key=value</code> from the 
- given string into a table: 
-   
- <pre> 
-      t = {} 
-      s = "from=world, to=Lua" 
-      for k, v in string.gmatch(s, "(%w+)=(%w+)") do 
-        t[k] = v 
-      end 
- </pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- For this function, a '- < code- >^< /code- > ' at the start of a pattern does not
 
- work as an anchor, as this would prevent the iteration. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-string.gsub"><code>string.gsub (s, pattern, repl [, n])</code></a></h3> 
- Returns a copy of <code>s</code> 
- in which all (or the first <code>n</code>, if given) 
- occurrences of the <code>pattern</code> have been 
- replaced by a replacement string specified by <code>repl</code>, 
- which can be a string, a table, or a function. 
- <code>gsub</code> also returns, as its second value, 
- the total number of matches that occurred. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- If <code>repl</code> is a string, then its value is used for replacement. 
- The character <code>%</code> works as an escape character: 
- any sequence in <code>repl</code> of the form <code>%<em>n</em></code>, 
- with <em>n</em> between 1 and 9, 
- stands for the value of the <em>n</em>-th captured substring (see below). 
- The sequence <code>%0</code> stands for the whole match. 
- The sequence <code>%%</code> stands for a single <code>%</code>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- If <code>repl</code> is a table, then the table is queried for every match, 
- using the first capture as the key; 
- if the pattern specifies no captures, 
- then the whole match is used as the key. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- If <code>repl</code> is a function, then this function is called every time a 
- match occurs, with all captured substrings passed as arguments, 
- in order; 
- if the pattern specifies no captures, 
- then the whole match is passed as a sole argument. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- If the value returned by the table query or by the function call 
- is a string or a number, 
- then it is used as the replacement string; 
- otherwise, if it is <b>false</b> or <b>nil</b>, 
- then there is no replacement 
- (that is, the original match is kept in the string). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Here are some examples: 
-   
- <pre> 
-      x = string.gsub("hello world", "(%w+)", "%1 %1") 
-      --> x="hello hello world world" 
-       
-      x = string.gsub("hello world", "%w+", "%0 %0", 1) 
-      --> x="hello hello world" 
-       
-      x = string.gsub("hello world from Lua", "(%w+)%s*(%w+)", "%2 %1") 
-      --> x="world hello Lua from" 
-       
-      x = string.gsub("home = $HOME, user = $USER", "%$(%w+)", os.getenv) 
-      --> x="home = /home/roberto, user = roberto" 
-       
-      x = string.gsub("4+5 = $return 4+5$", "%$(.-)%$", function (s) 
-            return loadstring(s)() 
-          end) 
-      --> x="4+5 = 9" 
-       
-      local t = {name="lua", version="5.1"} 
-      x = string.gsub("$name-$version.tar.gz", "%$(%w+)", t) 
-      --> x="lua-5.1.tar.gz" 
- </pre> 
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-string.len"><code>string.len (s)</code></a></h3> 
- Receives a string and returns its length. 
- The empty string <code>""</code> has length 0. 
- Embedded zeros are counted, 
- so <code>"a\000bc\000"</code> has length 5. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-string.lower"><code>string.lower (s)</code></a></h3> 
- Receives a string and returns a copy of this string with all 
- uppercase letters changed to lowercase. 
- All other characters are left unchanged. 
- The definition of what an uppercase letter is depends on the current locale. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-string.match"><code>string.match (s, pattern [, init])</code></a></h3> 
- Looks for the first <em>match</em> of 
- <code>pattern</code> in the string <code>s</code>. 
- If it finds one, then <code>match</code> returns 
- the captures from the pattern; 
- otherwise it returns <b>nil</b>. 
- If <code>pattern</code> specifies no captures, 
- then the whole match is returned. 
- A third, optional numerical argument <code>init</code> specifies 
- where to start the search; 
- its default value is 1 and can be negative. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-string.rep"><code>string.rep (s, n)</code></a></h3> 
- Returns a string that is the concatenation of <code>n</code> copies of 
- the string <code>s</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-string.reverse"><code>string.reverse (s)</code></a></h3> 
- Returns a string that is the string <code>s</code> reversed. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-string.sub"><code>string.sub (s, i [, j])</code></a></h3> 
- Returns the substring of <code>s</code> that 
- starts at <code>i</code>  and continues until <code>j</code>; 
- <code>i</code> and <code>j</code> can be negative. 
- If <code>j</code> is absent, then it is assumed to be equal to -1 
- (which is the same as the string length). 
- In particular, 
- the call <code>string.sub(s,1,j)</code> returns a prefix of <code>s</code> 
- with length <code>j</code>, 
- and <code>string.sub(s, -i)</code> returns a suffix of <code>s</code> 
- with length <code>i</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-string.upper"><code>string.upper (s)</code></a></h3> 
- Receives a string and returns a copy of this string with all 
- lowercase letters changed to uppercase. 
- All other characters are left unchanged. 
- The definition of what a lowercase letter is depends on the current locale. 
-   
-   
-   
- <h3>5.4.1 - <a name="5.4.1">Patterns</a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <h4>Character Class:</h4><p> 
- A <em>character class</em> is used to represent a set of characters. 
- The following combinations are allowed in describing a character class: 
-   
- <ul> 
-   
- <li><b><em>x</em>:</b> 
- (where <em>x</em> is not one of the <em>magic characters</em> 
- <code>^$()%.[]*+-?</code>) 
- represents the character <em>x</em> itself. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li><b><code>.</code>:</b> (a dot) represents all characters.</li> 
-   
- <li><b><code>%a</code>:</b> represents all letters.</li> 
-   
- <li><b><code>%c</code>:</b> represents all control characters.</li> 
-   
- <li><b><code>%d</code>:</b> represents all digits.</li> 
-   
- <li><b><code>%l</code>:</b> represents all lowercase letters.</li> 
-   
- <li><b><code>%p</code>:</b> represents all punctuation characters.</li> 
-   
- <li><b><code>%s</code>:</b> represents all space characters.</li> 
-   
- <li><b><code>%u</code>:</b> represents all uppercase letters.</li> 
-   
- <li><b><code>%w</code>:</b> represents all alphanumeric characters.</li> 
-   
- <li><b><code>%x</code>:</b> represents all hexadecimal digits.</li> 
-   
- <li><b><code>%z</code>:</b> represents the character with representation 0.</li> 
-   
- <li><b><code>%<em>x</em></code>:</b> (where <em>x</em> is any non-alphanumeric character) 
- represents the character <em>x</em>. 
- This is the standard way to escape the magic characters. 
- Any punctuation character (even the non magic) 
- when used to represent itself in a pattern. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li><b><code>[<em>set</em>]</code>:</b> 
- represents the class which is the union of all 
- characters in <em>set</em>. 
- A range of characters can be specified by 
- separating the end characters of the range with a '- < code- >-< /code- > '.
 
- All classes <code>%</code><em>x</em> described above can also be used as 
- components in <em>set</em>. 
- All other characters in <em>set</em> represent themselves. 
- For example, <code>[%w_]</code> (or <code>[_%w]</code>) 
- represents all alphanumeric characters plus the underscore, 
- <code>[0-7]</code> represents the octal digits, 
- and <code>[0-7%l%-]</code> represents the octal digits plus 
- the lowercase letters plus the '- < code- >-< /code- > ' character.
 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The interaction between ranges and classes is not defined. 
- Therefore, patterns like <code>[%a-z]</code> or <code>[a-%%]</code> 
- have no meaning. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li><b><code>[^<em>set</em>]</code>:</b> 
- represents the complement of <em>set</em>, 
- where <em>set</em> is interpreted as above. 
- </li> 
-   
- </ul><p> 
- For all classes represented by single letters (<code>%a</code>, <code>%c</code>, etc.), 
- the corresponding uppercase letter represents the complement of the class. 
- For instance, <code>%S</code> represents all non-space characters. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The definitions of letter, space, and other character groups 
- depend on the current locale. 
- In particular, the class <code>[a-z]</code> may not be equivalent to <code>%l</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h4>Pattern Item:</h4><p> 
- A <em>pattern item</em> can be 
-   
- <ul> 
-   
- <li> 
- a single character class, 
- which matches any single character in the class; 
- </li> 
-   
- <li> 
- a single character class followed by '- < code- >*< /code- > ',
 
- which matches 0 or more repetitions of characters in the class. 
- These repetition items will always match the longest possible sequence; 
- </li> 
-   
- <li> 
- a single character class followed by '- < code- >+< /code- > ',
 
- which matches 1 or more repetitions of characters in the class. 
- These repetition items will always match the longest possible sequence; 
- </li> 
-   
- <li> 
- a single character class followed by '- < code- >-< /code- > ',
 
- which also matches 0 or more repetitions of characters in the class. 
- these repetition items will always match the <em>shortest</em> possible sequence; 
- </li> 
-   
- <li> 
- a single character class followed by '- < code- >?< /code- > ',
 
- which matches 0 or 1 occurrence of a character in the class; 
- </li> 
-   
- <li> 
- <code>%<em>n</em></code>, for <em>n</em> between 1 and 9; 
- such item matches a substring equal to the <em>n</em>-th captured string 
- (see below); 
- </li> 
-   
- <li> 
- <code>%b<em>xy</em></code>, where <em>x</em> and <em>y</em> are two distinct characters; 
- such item matches strings that start with <em>x</em>, end with <em>y</em>, 
- and where the <em>x</em> and <em>y</em> are <em>balanced</em>. 
- This means that, if one reads the string from left to right, 
- counting <em>+1</em> for an <em>x</em> and <em>-1</em> for a <em>y</em>, 
- the ending <em>y</em> is the first <em>y</em> where the count reaches 0. 
- For instance, the item <code>%b()</code> matches expressions with 
- balanced parentheses. 
- </li> 
-   
- </ul> 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h4>Pattern:</h4><p> 
- A <em>pattern</em> is a sequence of pattern items. 
- A '- < code- >^< /code- > ' at the beginning of a pattern anchors the match at the
 
- beginning of the subject string. 
- A '- < code- >$< /code- > ' at the end of a pattern anchors the match at the
 
- end of the subject string. 
- At other positions, 
- '- < code- >^< /code- > ' and '- < code- >$< /code- > ' have no special meaning and represent themselves.
 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h4>Captures:</h4><p> 
- A pattern can contain sub-patterns enclosed in parentheses; 
- they describe <em>captures</em>. 
- When a match succeeds, the substrings of the subject string 
- that match captures are stored (<em>captured</em>) for future use. 
- Captures are numbered according to their left parentheses. 
- For instance, in the pattern <code>"(a*(.)%w(%s*))"</code>, 
- the part of the string matching <code>"a*(.)%w(%s*)"</code> is 
- stored as the first capture (and therefore has number 1); 
- the character matching "<code>.</code>" is captured with number 2, 
- and the part matching "<code>%s*</code>" has number 3. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- As a special case, the empty capture <code>()</code> captures 
- the current string position (a number). 
- For instance, if we apply the pattern <code>"()aa()"</code> on the 
- string <code>"flaaap"</code>, there will be two captures: 3 and 5. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- A pattern cannot contain embedded zeros.  Use <code>%z</code> instead. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h2>5.5 - <a name="5.5">Table Manipulation</a></h2><p> 
- This library provides generic functions for table manipulation. 
- It provides all its functions inside the table <a name="pdf-table"><code>table</code></a>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Most functions in the table library assume that the table 
- represents an array or a list. 
- For these functions, when we talk about the "length" of a table 
- we mean the result of the length operator. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-table.concat"><code>table.concat (table [, sep [, i [, j]]])</code></a></h3> 
- Given an array where all elements are strings or numbers, 
- returns <code>table[i]..sep..table[i+1] ··· sep..table[j]</code>. 
- The default value for <code>sep</code> is the empty string, 
- the default for <code>i</code> is 1, 
- and the default for <code>j</code> is the length of the table. 
- If <code>i</code> is greater than <code>j</code>, returns the empty string. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-table.insert"><code>table.insert (table, [pos,] value)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Inserts element <code>value</code> at position <code>pos</code> in <code>table</code>, 
- shifting up other elements to open space, if necessary. 
- The default value for <code>pos</code> is <code>n+1</code>, 
- where <code>n</code> is the length of the table (see <a href="#2.5.5">§2.5.5</a>), 
- so that a call <code>table.insert(t,x)</code> inserts <code>x</code> at the end 
- of table <code>t</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-table.maxn"><code>table.maxn (table)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the largest positive numerical index of the given table, 
- or zero if the table has no positive numerical indices. 
- (To do its job this function does a linear traversal of 
- the whole table.)  
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-table.remove"><code>table.remove (table [, pos])</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Removes from <code>table</code> the element at position <code>pos</code>, 
- shifting down other elements to close the space, if necessary. 
- Returns the value of the removed element. 
- The default value for <code>pos</code> is <code>n</code>, 
- where <code>n</code> is the length of the table, 
- so that a call <code>table.remove(t)</code> removes the last element 
- of table <code>t</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-table.sort"><code>table.sort (table [, comp])</code></a></h3> 
- Sorts table elements in a given order, <em>in-place</em>, 
- from <code>table[1]</code> to <code>table[n]</code>, 
- where <code>n</code> is the length of the table. 
- If <code>comp</code> is given, 
- then it must be a function that receives two table elements, 
- and returns true 
- when the first is less than the second 
- (so that <code>not comp(a[i+1],a[i])</code> will be true after the sort). 
- If <code>comp</code> is not given, 
- then the standard Lua operator <code><</code> is used instead. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The sort algorithm is not stable; 
- that is, elements considered equal by the given order 
- may have their relative positions changed by the sort. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h2>5.6 - <a name="5.6">Mathematical Functions</a></h2> 
-   
- <p> 
- This library is an interface to the standard C math library. 
- It provides all its functions inside the table <a name="pdf-math"><code>math</code></a>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.abs"><code>math.abs (x)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the absolute value of <code>x</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.acos"><code>math.acos (x)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the arc cosine of <code>x</code> (in radians). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.asin"><code>math.asin (x)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the arc sine of <code>x</code> (in radians). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.atan"><code>math.atan (x)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the arc tangent of <code>x</code> (in radians). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.atan2"><code>math.atan2 (y, x)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the arc tangent of <code>y/x</code> (in radians), 
- but uses the signs of both parameters to find the 
- quadrant of the result. 
- (It also handles correctly the case of <code>x</code> being zero.) 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.ceil"><code>math.ceil (x)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the smallest integer larger than or equal to <code>x</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.cos"><code>math.cos (x)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the cosine of <code>x</code> (assumed to be in radians). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.cosh"><code>math.cosh (x)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the hyperbolic cosine of <code>x</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.deg"><code>math.deg (x)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the angle <code>x</code> (given in radians) in degrees. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.exp"><code>math.exp (x)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the value <em>e<sup>x</sup></em>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.floor"><code>math.floor (x)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the largest integer smaller than or equal to <code>x</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.fmod"><code>math.fmod (x, y)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the remainder of the division of <code>x</code> by <code>y</code> 
- that rounds the quotient towards zero. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.frexp"><code>math.frexp (x)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns <code>m</code> and <code>e</code> such that <em>x = m2<sup>e</sup></em>, 
- <code>e</code> is an integer and the absolute value of <code>m</code> is 
- in the range <em>[0.5, 1)</em> 
- (or zero when <code>x</code> is zero). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.huge"><code>math.huge</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The value <code>HUGE_VAL</code>, 
- a value larger than or equal to any other numerical value. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.ldexp"><code>math.ldexp (m, e)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns <em>m2<sup>e</sup></em> (<code>e</code> should be an integer). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.log"><code>math.log (x)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the natural logarithm of <code>x</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.log10"><code>math.log10 (x)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the base-10 logarithm of <code>x</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.max"><code>math.max (x, ···)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the maximum value among its arguments. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.min"><code>math.min (x, ···)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the minimum value among its arguments. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.modf"><code>math.modf (x)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns two numbers, 
- the integral part of <code>x</code> and the fractional part of <code>x</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.pi"><code>math.pi</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The value of <em>pi</em>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.pow"><code>math.pow (x, y)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns <em>x<sup>y</sup></em>. 
- (You can also use the expression <code>x^y</code> to compute this value.) 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.rad"><code>math.rad (x)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the angle <code>x</code> (given in degrees) in radians. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.random"><code>math.random ([m [, n]])</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- This function is an interface to the simple 
- pseudo-random generator function <code>rand</code> provided by ANSI C. 
- (No guarantees can be given for its statistical properties.) 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- When called without arguments, 
- returns a uniform pseudo-random real number 
- in the range <em>[0,1)</em>.   
- When called with an integer number <code>m</code>, 
- <code>math.random</code> returns 
- a uniform pseudo-random integer in the range <em>[1, m]</em>. 
- When called with two integer numbers <code>m</code> and <code>n</code>, 
- <code>math.random</code> returns a uniform pseudo-random 
- integer in the range <em>[m, n]</em>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.randomseed"><code>math.randomseed (x)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Sets <code>x</code> as the "seed" 
- for the pseudo-random generator: 
- equal seeds produce equal sequences of numbers. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.sin"><code>math.sin (x)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the sine of <code>x</code> (assumed to be in radians). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.sinh"><code>math.sinh (x)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the hyperbolic sine of <code>x</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.sqrt"><code>math.sqrt (x)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the square root of <code>x</code>. 
- (You can also use the expression <code>x^0.5</code> to compute this value.) 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.tan"><code>math.tan (x)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the tangent of <code>x</code> (assumed to be in radians). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.tanh"><code>math.tanh (x)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the hyperbolic tangent of <code>x</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h2>5.7 - <a name="5.7">Input and Output Facilities</a></h2> 
-   
- <p> 
- The I/O library provides two different styles for file manipulation. 
- The first one uses implicit file descriptors; 
- that is, there are operations to set a default input file and a 
- default output file, 
- and all input/output operations are over these default files. 
- The second style uses explicit file descriptors. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- When using implicit file descriptors, 
- all operations are supplied by table <a name="pdf-io"><code>io</code></a>. 
- When using explicit file descriptors, 
- the operation <a href="#pdf-io.open"><code>io.open</code></a> returns a file descriptor 
- and then all operations are supplied as methods of the file descriptor. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The table <code>io</code> also provides 
- three predefined file descriptors with their usual meanings from C: 
- <a name="pdf-io.stdin"><code>io.stdin</code></a>, <a name="pdf-io.stdout"><code>io.stdout</code></a>, and <a name="pdf-io.stderr"><code>io.stderr</code></a>. 
- The I/O library never closes these files. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Unless otherwise stated, 
- all I/O functions return <b>nil</b> on failure 
- (plus an error message as a second result and 
- a system-dependent error code as a third result) 
- and some value different from <b>nil</b> on success. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-io.close"><code>io.close ([file])</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Equivalent to <code>file:close()</code>. 
- Without a <code>file</code>, closes the default output file. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-io.flush"><code>io.flush ()</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Equivalent to <code>file:flush</code> over the default output file. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-io.input"><code>io.input ([file])</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- When called with a file name, it opens the named file (in text mode), 
- and sets its handle as the default input file. 
- When called with a file handle, 
- it simply sets this file handle as the default input file. 
- When called without parameters, 
- it returns the current default input file. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- In case of errors this function raises the error, 
- instead of returning an error code. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-io.lines"><code>io.lines ([filename])</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Opens the given file name in read mode 
- and returns an iterator function that, 
- each time it is called, 
- returns a new line from the file. 
- Therefore, the construction 
-   
- <pre> 
-      for line in io.lines(filename) do <em>body</em> end 
- </pre><p> 
- will iterate over all lines of the file. 
- When the iterator function detects the end of file, 
- it returns <b>nil</b> (to finish the loop) and automatically closes the file. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The call <code>io.lines()</code> (with no file name) is equivalent 
- to <code>io.input():lines()</code>; 
- that is, it iterates over the lines of the default input file. 
- In this case it does not close the file when the loop ends. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-io.open"><code>io.open (filename [, mode])</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- This function opens a file, 
- in the mode specified in the string <code>mode</code>. 
- It returns a new file handle, 
- or, in case of errors, <b>nil</b> plus an error message. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The <code>mode</code> string can be any of the following: 
-   
- <ul> 
- <li><b>"r":</b> read mode (the default);</li> 
- <li><b>"w":</b> write mode;</li> 
- <li><b>"a":</b> append mode;</li> 
- <li><b>"r+":</b> update mode, all previous data is preserved;</li> 
- <li><b>"w+":</b> update mode, all previous data is erased;</li> 
- <li><b>"a+":</b> append update mode, previous data is preserved, 
-   writing is only allowed at the end of file.</li> 
- </ul><p> 
- The <code>mode</code> string can also have a '- < code- >b< /code- > ' at the end,
 
- which is needed in some systems to open the file in binary mode. 
- This string is exactly what is used in the 
- standard C function <code>fopen</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-io.output"><code>io.output ([file])</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Similar to <a href="#pdf-io.input"><code>io.input</code></a>, but operates over the default output file. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-io.popen"><code>io.popen (prog [, mode])</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Starts program <code>prog</code> in a separated process and returns 
- a file handle that you can use to read data from this program 
- (if <code>mode</code> is <code>"r"</code>, the default) 
- or to write data to this program 
- (if <code>mode</code> is <code>"w"</code>). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- This function is system dependent and is not available 
- on all platforms. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-io.read"><code>io.read (···)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Equivalent to <code>io.input():read</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-io.tmpfile"><code>io.tmpfile ()</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns a handle for a temporary file. 
- This file is opened in update mode 
- and it is automatically removed when the program ends. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-io.type"><code>io.type (obj)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Checks whether <code>obj</code> is a valid file handle. 
- Returns the string <code>"file"</code> if <code>obj</code> is an open file handle, 
- <code>"closed file"</code> if <code>obj</code> is a closed file handle, 
- or <b>nil</b> if <code>obj</code> is not a file handle. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-io.write"><code>io.write (···)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Equivalent to <code>io.output():write</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-file:close"><code>file:close ()</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Closes <code>file</code>. 
- Note that files are automatically closed when 
- their handles are garbage collected, 
- but that takes an unpredictable amount of time to happen. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-file:flush"><code>file:flush ()</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Saves any written data to <code>file</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-file:lines"><code>file:lines ()</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns an iterator function that, 
- each time it is called, 
- returns a new line from the file. 
- Therefore, the construction 
-   
- <pre> 
-      for line in file:lines() do <em>body</em> end 
- </pre><p> 
- will iterate over all lines of the file. 
- (Unlike <a href="#pdf-io.lines"><code>io.lines</code></a>, this function does not close the file 
- when the loop ends.) 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-file:read"><code>file:read (···)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Reads the file <code>file</code>, 
- according to the given formats, which specify what to read. 
- For each format, 
- the function returns a string (or a number) with the characters read, 
- or <b>nil</b> if it cannot read data with the specified format. 
- When called without formats, 
- it uses a default format that reads the entire next line 
- (see below). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The available formats are 
-   
- <ul> 
-   
- <li><b>"*n":</b> 
- reads a number; 
- this is the only format that returns a number instead of a string. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li><b>"*a":</b> 
- reads the whole file, starting at the current position. 
- On end of file, it returns the empty string. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li><b>"*l":</b> 
- reads the next line (skipping the end of line), 
- returning <b>nil</b> on end of file. 
- This is the default format. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li><b><em>number</em>:</b> 
- reads a string with up to this number of characters, 
- returning <b>nil</b> on end of file. 
- If number is zero, 
- it reads nothing and returns an empty string, 
- or <b>nil</b> on end of file. 
- </li> 
-   
- </ul> 
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-file:seek"><code>file:seek ([whence] [, offset])</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Sets and gets the file position, 
- measured from the beginning of the file, 
- to the position given by <code>offset</code> plus a base 
- specified by the string <code>whence</code>, as follows: 
-   
- <ul> 
- <li><b>"set":</b> base is position 0 (beginning of the file);</li> 
- <li><b>"cur":</b> base is current position;</li> 
- <li><b>"end":</b> base is end of file;</li> 
- </ul><p> 
- In case of success, function <code>seek</code> returns the final file position, 
- measured in bytes from the beginning of the file. 
- If this function fails, it returns <b>nil</b>, 
- plus a string describing the error. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The default value for <code>whence</code> is <code>"cur"</code>, 
- and for <code>offset</code> is 0. 
- Therefore, the call <code>file:seek()</code> returns the current 
- file position, without changing it; 
- the call <code>file:seek("set")</code> sets the position to the 
- beginning of the file (and returns 0); 
- and the call <code>file:seek("end")</code> sets the position to the 
- end of the file, and returns its size. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-file:setvbuf"><code>file:setvbuf (mode [, size])</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Sets the buffering mode for an output file. 
- There are three available modes: 
-   
- <ul> 
-   
- <li><b>"no":</b> 
- no buffering; the result of any output operation appears immediately. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li><b>"full":</b> 
- full buffering; output operation is performed only 
- when the buffer is full (or when you explicitly <code>flush</code> the file 
- (see <a href="#pdf-io.flush"><code>io.flush</code></a>)). 
- </li> 
-   
- <li><b>"line":</b> 
- line buffering; output is buffered until a newline is output 
- or there is any input from some special files 
- (such as a terminal device). 
- </li> 
-   
- </ul><p> 
- For the last two cases, <code>size</code> 
- specifies the size of the buffer, in bytes. 
- The default is an appropriate size. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-file:write"><code>file:write (···)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Writes the value of each of its arguments to 
- the <code>file</code>. 
- The arguments must be strings or numbers. 
- To write other values, 
- use <a href="#pdf-tostring"><code>tostring</code></a> or <a href="#pdf-string.format"><code>string.format</code></a> before <code>write</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h2>5.8 - <a name="5.8">Operating System Facilities</a></h2> 
-   
- <p> 
- This library is implemented through table <a name="pdf-os"><code>os</code></a>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-os.clock"><code>os.clock ()</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns an approximation of the amount in seconds of CPU time 
- used by the program. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-os.date"><code>os.date ([format [, time]])</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns a string or a table containing date and time, 
- formatted according to the given string <code>format</code>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- If the <code>time</code> argument is present, 
- this is the time to be formatted 
- (see the <a href="#pdf-os.time"><code>os.time</code></a> function for a description of this value). 
- Otherwise, <code>date</code> formats the current time. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- If <code>format</code> starts with '- < code- >!< /code- > ',
 
- then the date is formatted in Coordinated Universal Time. 
- After this optional character, 
- if <code>format</code> is the string "<code>*t</code>", 
- then <code>date</code> returns a table with the following fields: 
- <code>year</code> (four digits), <code>month</code> (1--12), <code>day</code> (1--31), 
- <code>hour</code> (0--23), <code>min</code> (0--59), <code>sec</code> (0--61), 
- <code>wday</code> (weekday, Sunday is 1), 
- <code>yday</code> (day of the year), 
- and <code>isdst</code> (daylight saving flag, a boolean). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- If <code>format</code> is not "<code>*t</code>", 
- then <code>date</code> returns the date as a string, 
- formatted according to the same rules as the C function <code>strftime</code>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- When called without arguments, 
- <code>date</code> returns a reasonable date and time representation that depends on 
- the host system and on the current locale 
- (that is, <code>os.date()</code> is equivalent to <code>os.date("%c")</code>). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-os.difftime"><code>os.difftime (t2, t1)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the number of seconds from time <code>t1</code> to time <code>t2</code>. 
- In POSIX, Windows, and some other systems, 
- this value is exactly <code>t2</code><em>-</em><code>t1</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-os.execute"><code>os.execute ([command])</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- This function is equivalent to the C function <code>system</code>. 
- It passes <code>command</code> to be executed by an operating system shell. 
- It returns a status code, which is system-dependent. 
- If <code>command</code> is absent, then it returns nonzero if a shell is available 
- and zero otherwise. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-os.exit"><code>os.exit ([code])</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Calls the C function <code>exit</code>, 
- with an optional <code>code</code>, 
- to terminate the host program. 
- The default value for <code>code</code> is the success code. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-os.getenv"><code>os.getenv (varname)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the value of the process environment variable <code>varname</code>, 
- or <b>nil</b> if the variable is not defined. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-os.remove"><code>os.remove (filename)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Deletes the file or directory with the given name. 
- Directories must be empty to be removed. 
- If this function fails, it returns <b>nil</b>, 
- plus a string describing the error. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-os.rename"><code>os.rename (oldname, newname)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Renames file or directory named <code>oldname</code> to <code>newname</code>. 
- If this function fails, it returns <b>nil</b>, 
- plus a string describing the error. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-os.setlocale"><code>os.setlocale (locale [, category])</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Sets the current locale of the program. 
- <code>locale</code> is a string specifying a locale; 
- <code>category</code> is an optional string describing which category to change: 
- <code>"all"</code>, <code>"collate"</code>, <code>"ctype"</code>, 
- <code>"monetary"</code>, <code>"numeric"</code>, or <code>"time"</code>; 
- the default category is <code>"all"</code>. 
- The function returns the name of the new locale, 
- or <b>nil</b> if the request cannot be honored. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- If <code>locale</code> is the empty string, 
- the current locale is set to an implementation-defined native locale. 
- If <code>locale</code> is the string "<code>C</code>", 
- the current locale is set to the standard C locale. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- When called with <b>nil</b> as the first argument, 
- this function only returns the name of the current locale 
- for the given category. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-os.time"><code>os.time ([table])</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the current time when called without arguments, 
- or a time representing the date and time specified by the given table. 
- This table must have fields <code>year</code>, <code>month</code>, and <code>day</code>, 
- and may have fields <code>hour</code>, <code>min</code>, <code>sec</code>, and <code>isdst</code> 
- (for a description of these fields, see the <a href="#pdf-os.date"><code>os.date</code></a> function). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The returned value is a number, whose meaning depends on your system. 
- In POSIX, Windows, and some other systems, this number counts the number 
- of seconds since some given start time (the "epoch"). 
- In other systems, the meaning is not specified, 
- and the number returned by <code>time</code> can be used only as an argument to 
- <code>date</code> and <code>difftime</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-os.tmpname"><code>os.tmpname ()</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns a string with a file name that can 
- be used for a temporary file. 
- The file must be explicitly opened before its use 
- and explicitly removed when no longer needed. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- On some systems (POSIX), 
- this function also creates a file with that name, 
- to avoid security risks. 
- (Someone else might create the file with wrong permissions 
- in the time between getting the name and creating the file.) 
- You still have to open the file to use it 
- and to remove it (even if you do not use it). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- When possible, 
- you may prefer to use <a href="#pdf-io.tmpfile"><code>io.tmpfile</code></a>, 
- which automatically removes the file when the program ends. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h2>5.9 - <a name="5.9">The Debug Library</a></h2> 
-   
- <p> 
- This library provides 
- the functionality of the debug interface to Lua programs. 
- You should exert care when using this library. 
- The functions provided here should be used exclusively for debugging 
- and similar tasks, such as profiling. 
- Please resist the temptation to use them as a 
- usual programming tool: 
- they can be very slow. 
- Moreover, several of these functions 
- violate some assumptions about Lua code 
- (e.g., that variables local to a function 
- cannot be accessed from outside or 
- that userdata metatables cannot be changed by Lua code) 
- and therefore can compromise otherwise secure code. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- All functions in this library are provided 
- inside the <a name="pdf-debug"><code>debug</code></a> table. 
- All functions that operate over a thread 
- have an optional first argument which is the 
- thread to operate over. 
- The default is always the current thread. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-debug.debug"><code>debug.debug ()</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Enters an interactive mode with the user, 
- running each string that the user enters. 
- Using simple commands and other debug facilities, 
- the user can inspect global and local variables, 
- change their values, evaluate expressions, and so on. 
- A line containing only the word <code>cont</code> finishes this function, 
- so that the caller continues its execution. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Note that commands for <code>debug.debug</code> are not lexically nested 
- within any function, and so have no direct access to local variables. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-debug.getfenv"><code>debug.getfenv (o)</code></a></h3> 
- Returns the environment of object <code>o</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-debug.gethook"><code>debug.gethook ([thread])</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the current hook settings of the thread, as three values: 
- the current hook function, the current hook mask, 
- and the current hook count 
- (as set by the <a href="#pdf-debug.sethook"><code>debug.sethook</code></a> function). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-debug.getinfo"><code>debug.getinfo ([thread,] function [, what])</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns a table with information about a function. 
- You can give the function directly, 
- or you can give a number as the value of <code>function</code>, 
- which means the function running at level <code>function</code> of the call stack 
- of the given thread: 
- level 0 is the current function (<code>getinfo</code> itself); 
- level 1 is the function that called <code>getinfo</code>; 
- and so on. 
- If <code>function</code> is a number larger than the number of active functions, 
- then <code>getinfo</code> returns <b>nil</b>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The returned table can contain all the fields returned by <a href="#lua_getinfo"><code>lua_getinfo</code></a>, 
- with the string <code>what</code> describing which fields to fill in. 
- The default for <code>what</code> is to get all information available, 
- except the table of valid lines. 
- If present, 
- adds a field named <code>func</code> with the function itself. 
- If present, 
- adds a field named <code>activelines</code> with the table of 
- valid lines. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- For instance, the expression <code>debug.getinfo(1,"n").name</code> returns 
- a table with a name for the current function, 
- if a reasonable name can be found, 
- and the expression <code>debug.getinfo(print)</code> 
- returns a table with all available information 
- about the <a href="#pdf-print"><code>print</code></a> function. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-debug.getlocal"><code>debug.getlocal ([thread,] level, local)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- This function returns the name and the value of the local variable 
- with index <code>local</code> of the function at level <code>level</code> of the stack. 
- (The first parameter or local variable has index 1, and so on, 
- until the last active local variable.) 
- The function returns <b>nil</b> if there is no local 
- variable with the given index, 
- and raises an error when called with a <code>level</code> out of range. 
- (You can call <a href="#pdf-debug.getinfo"><code>debug.getinfo</code></a> to check whether the level is valid.) 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Variable names starting with '- < code- > (- < /code- > ' (open parentheses)
 
- represent internal variables 
- (loop control variables, temporaries, and C function locals). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-debug.getmetatable"><code>debug.getmetatable (object)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the metatable of the given <code>object</code> 
- or <b>nil</b> if it does not have a metatable. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-debug.getregistry"><code>debug.getregistry ()</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the registry table (see <a href="#3.5">§3.5</a>). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-debug.getupvalue"><code>debug.getupvalue (func, up)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- This function returns the name and the value of the upvalue 
- with index <code>up</code> of the function <code>func</code>. 
- The function returns <b>nil</b> if there is no upvalue with the given index. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-debug.setfenv"><code>debug.setfenv (object, table)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Sets the environment of the given <code>object</code> to the given <code>table</code>. 
- Returns <code>object</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-debug.sethook"><code>debug.sethook ([thread,] hook, mask [, count])</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Sets the given function as a hook. 
- The string <code>mask</code> and the number <code>count</code> describe 
- when the hook will be called. 
- The string mask may have the following characters, 
- with the given meaning: 
-   
- <ul> 
- <li><b><code>"c"</code>:</b> the hook is called every time Lua calls a function;</li> 
- <li><b><code>"r"</code>:</b> the hook is called every time Lua returns from a function;</li> 
- <li><b><code>"l"</code>:</b> the hook is called every time Lua enters a new line of code.</li> 
- </ul><p> 
- With a <code>count</code> different from zero, 
- the hook is called after every <code>count</code> instructions. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- When called without arguments, 
- <a href="#pdf-debug.sethook"><code>debug.sethook</code></a> turns off the hook. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- When the hook is called, its first parameter is a string 
- describing the event that has triggered its call: 
- <code>"call"</code>, <code>"return"</code> (or <code>"tail return"</code>, 
- when simulating a return from a tail call), 
- <code>"line"</code>, and <code>"count"</code>. 
- For line events, 
- the hook also gets the new line number as its second parameter. 
- Inside a hook, 
- you can call <code>getinfo</code> with level 2 to get more information about 
- the running function 
- (level 0 is the <code>getinfo</code> function, 
- and level 1 is the hook function), 
- unless the event is <code>"tail return"</code>. 
- In this case, Lua is only simulating the return, 
- and a call to <code>getinfo</code> will return invalid data. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-debug.setlocal"><code>debug.setlocal ([thread,] level, local, value)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- This function assigns the value <code>value</code> to the local variable 
- with index <code>local</code> of the function at level <code>level</code> of the stack. 
- The function returns <b>nil</b> if there is no local 
- variable with the given index, 
- and raises an error when called with a <code>level</code> out of range. 
- (You can call <code>getinfo</code> to check whether the level is valid.) 
- Otherwise, it returns the name of the local variable. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-debug.setmetatable"><code>debug.setmetatable (object, table)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Sets the metatable for the given <code>object</code> to the given <code>table</code> 
- (which can be <b>nil</b>). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-debug.setupvalue"><code>debug.setupvalue (func, up, value)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- This function assigns the value <code>value</code> to the upvalue 
- with index <code>up</code> of the function <code>func</code>. 
- The function returns <b>nil</b> if there is no upvalue 
- with the given index. 
- Otherwise, it returns the name of the upvalue. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-debug.traceback"><code>debug.traceback ([thread,] [message [, level]])</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns a string with a traceback of the call stack. 
- An optional <code>message</code> string is appended 
- at the beginning of the traceback. 
- An optional <code>level</code> number tells at which level 
- to start the traceback 
- (default is 1, the function calling <code>traceback</code>). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h1>6 - <a name="6">Lua Stand-alone</a></h1> 
-   
- <p> 
- Although Lua has been designed as an extension language, 
- to be embedded in a host C program, 
- it is also frequently used as a stand-alone language. 
- An interpreter for Lua as a stand-alone language, 
- called simply <code>lua</code>, 
- is provided with the standard distribution. 
- The stand-alone interpreter includes 
- all standard libraries, including the debug library. 
- Its usage is: 
-   
- <pre> 
-      lua [options] [script [args]] 
- </pre><p> 
- The options are: 
-   
- <ul> 
- <li><b><code>-e <em>stat</em></code>:</b> executes string <em>stat</em>;</li> 
- <li><b><code>-l <em>mod</em></code>:</b> "requires" <em>mod</em>;</li> 
- <li><b><code>-i</code>:</b> enters interactive mode after running <em>script</em>;</li> 
- <li><b><code>-v</code>:</b> prints version information;</li> 
- <li><b><code>--</code>:</b> stops handling options;</li> 
- <li><b><code>-</code>:</b> executes <code>stdin</code> as a file and stops handling options.</li> 
- </ul><p> 
- After handling its options, <code>lua</code> runs the given <em>script</em>, 
- passing to it the given <em>args</em> as string arguments. 
- When called without arguments, 
- <code>lua</code> behaves as <code>lua -v -i</code> 
- when the standard input (<code>stdin</code>) is a terminal, 
- and as <code>lua -</code> otherwise. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Before running any argument, 
- the interpreter checks for an environment variable <a name="pdf-LUA_INIT"><code>LUA_INIT</code></a>. 
- If its format is <code>@<em>filename</em></code>, 
- then <code>lua</code> executes the file. 
- Otherwise, <code>lua</code> executes the string itself. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- All options are handled in order, except <code>-i</code>. 
- For instance, an invocation like 
-   
- <pre> 
-      $ lua -e'a=1' -e 'print(a)' script.lua 
- </pre><p> 
- will first set <code>a</code> to 1, then print the value of <code>a</code> (which is '- < code- > 1- < /code- > '),
 
- and finally run the file <code>script.lua</code> with no arguments. 
- (Here <code>$</code> is the shell prompt. Your prompt may be different.) 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Before starting to run the script, 
- <code>lua</code> collects all arguments in the command line 
- in a global table called <code>arg</code>. 
- The script name is stored at index 0, 
- the first argument after the script name goes to index 1, 
- and so on. 
- Any arguments before the script name 
- (that is, the interpreter name plus the options) 
- go to negative indices. 
- For instance, in the call 
-   
- <pre> 
-      $ lua -la b.lua t1 t2 
- </pre><p> 
- the interpreter first runs the file <code>a.lua</code>, 
- then creates a table 
-   
- <pre> 
-      arg = { [-2] = "lua", [-1] = "-la", 
-              [0] = "b.lua", 
-              [1] = "t1", [2] = "t2" } 
- </pre><p> 
- and finally runs the file <code>b.lua</code>. 
- The script is called with <code>arg[1]</code>, <code>arg[2]</code>, ··· 
- as arguments; 
- it can also access these arguments with the vararg expression '- < code- >...< /code- > '.
 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- In interactive mode, 
- if you write an incomplete statement, 
- the interpreter waits for its completion 
- by issuing a different prompt. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- If the global variable <a name="pdf-_PROMPT"><code>_PROMPT</code></a> contains a string, 
- then its value is used as the prompt. 
- Similarly, if the global variable <a name="pdf-_PROMPT2"><code>_PROMPT2</code></a> contains a string, 
- its value is used as the secondary prompt 
- (issued during incomplete statements). 
- Therefore, both prompts can be changed directly on the command line 
- or in any Lua programs by assigning to <code>_PROMPT</code>. 
- See the next example: 
-   
- <pre> 
-      $ lua -e"_PROMPT='myprompt> '" -i 
- </pre><p> 
- (The outer pair of quotes is for the shell, 
- the inner pair is for Lua.) 
- Note the use of <code>-i</code> to enter interactive mode; 
- otherwise, 
- the program would just end silently 
- right after the assignment to <code>_PROMPT</code>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- To allow the use of Lua as a 
- script interpreter in Unix systems, 
- the stand-alone interpreter skips 
- the first line of a chunk if it starts with <code>#</code>. 
- Therefore, Lua scripts can be made into executable programs 
- by using <code>chmod +x</code> and the <code>#!</code> form, 
- as in 
-   
- <pre> 
-      #!/usr/local/bin/lua 
- </pre><p> 
- (Of course, 
- the location of the Lua interpreter may be different in your machine. 
- If <code>lua</code> is in your <code>PATH</code>, 
- then  
-   
- <pre> 
-      #!/usr/bin/env lua 
- </pre><p> 
- is a more portable solution.)  
-   
-   
-   
- <h1>7 - <a name="7">Incompatibilities with the Previous Version</a></h1> 
-   
- <p> 
- Here we list the incompatibilities that you may find when moving a program 
- from Lua 5.0 to Lua 5.1. 
- You can avoid most of the incompatibilities compiling Lua with 
- appropriate options (see file <code>luaconf.h</code>). 
- However, 
- all these compatibility options will be removed in the next version of Lua. 
-   
-   
-   
- <h2>7.1 - <a name="7.1">Changes in the Language</a></h2> 
- <ul> 
-   
- <li> 
- The vararg system changed from the pseudo-argument <code>arg</code> with a 
- table with the extra arguments to the vararg expression. 
- (See compile-time option <code>LUA_COMPAT_VARARG</code> in <code>luaconf.h</code>.) 
- </li> 
-   
- <li> 
- There was a subtle change in the scope of the implicit 
- variables of the <b>for</b> statement and for the <b>repeat</b> statement. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li> 
- The long string/long comment syntax (<code>[[<em>string</em>]]</code>) 
- does not allow nesting. 
- You can use the new syntax (<code>[=[<em>string</em>]=]</code>) in these cases. 
- (See compile-time option <code>LUA_COMPAT_LSTR</code> in <code>luaconf.h</code>.) 
- </li> 
-   
- </ul> 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h2>7.2 - <a name="7.2">Changes in the Libraries</a></h2> 
- <ul> 
-   
- <li> 
- Function <code>string.gfind</code> was renamed <a href="#pdf-string.gmatch"><code>string.gmatch</code></a>. 
- (See compile-time option <code>LUA_COMPAT_GFIND</code> in <code>luaconf.h</code>.) 
- </li> 
-   
- <li> 
- When <a href="#pdf-string.gsub"><code>string.gsub</code></a> is called with a function as its 
- third argument, 
- whenever this function returns <b>nil</b> or <b>false</b> the 
- replacement string is the whole match, 
- instead of the empty string. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li> 
- Function <code>table.setn</code> was deprecated. 
- Function <code>table.getn</code> corresponds 
- to the new length operator (<code>#</code>); 
- use the operator instead of the function. 
- (See compile-time option <code>LUA_COMPAT_GETN</code> in <code>luaconf.h</code>.) 
- </li> 
-   
- <li> 
- Function <code>loadlib</code> was renamed <a href="#pdf-package.loadlib"><code>package.loadlib</code></a>. 
- (See compile-time option <code>LUA_COMPAT_LOADLIB</code> in <code>luaconf.h</code>.) 
- </li> 
-   
- <li> 
- Function <code>math.mod</code> was renamed <a href="#pdf-math.fmod"><code>math.fmod</code></a>. 
- (See compile-time option <code>LUA_COMPAT_MOD</code> in <code>luaconf.h</code>.) 
- </li> 
-   
- <li> 
- Functions <code>table.foreach</code> and <code>table.foreachi</code> are deprecated. 
- You can use a for loop with <code>pairs</code> or <code>ipairs</code> instead. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li> 
- There were substantial changes in function <a href="#pdf-require"><code>require</code></a> due to 
- the new module system. 
- However, the new behavior is mostly compatible with the old, 
- but <code>require</code> gets the path from <a href="#pdf-package.path"><code>package.path</code></a> instead 
- of from <code>LUA_PATH</code>. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li> 
- Function <a href="#pdf-collectgarbage"><code>collectgarbage</code></a> has different arguments. 
- Function <code>gcinfo</code> is deprecated; 
- use <code>collectgarbage("count")</code> instead. 
- </li> 
-   
- </ul> 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h2>7.3 - <a name="7.3">Changes in the API</a></h2> 
- <ul> 
-   
- <li> 
- The <code>luaopen_*</code> functions (to open libraries) 
- cannot be called directly, 
- like a regular C function. 
- They must be called through Lua, 
- like a Lua function. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li> 
- Function <code>lua_open</code> was replaced by <a href="#lua_newstate"><code>lua_newstate</code></a> to 
- allow the user to set a memory-allocation function. 
- You can use <a href="#luaL_newstate"><code>luaL_newstate</code></a> from the standard library to 
- create a state with a standard allocation function 
- (based on <code>realloc</code>). 
- </li> 
-   
- <li> 
- Functions <code>luaL_getn</code> and <code>luaL_setn</code> 
- (from the auxiliary library) are deprecated. 
- Use <a href="#lua_objlen"><code>lua_objlen</code></a> instead of <code>luaL_getn</code> 
- and nothing instead of <code>luaL_setn</code>. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li> 
- Function <code>luaL_openlib</code> was replaced by <a href="#luaL_register"><code>luaL_register</code></a>. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li> 
- Function <code>luaL_checkudata</code> now throws an error when the given value 
- is not a userdata of the expected type. 
- (In Lua 5.0 it returned <code>NULL</code>.) 
- </li> 
-   
- </ul> 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h1>8 - <a name="8">The Complete Syntax of Lua</a></h1> 
-   
- <p> 
- Here is the complete syntax of Lua in extended BNF. 
- (It does not describe operator precedences.) 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <pre> 
-   
-         chunk ::= {stat [`<b>;</b>´]} [laststat [`<b>;</b>´]] 
-   
-         block ::= chunk 
-   
-         stat ::=  varlist `<b>=</b>´ explist |  
-                  functioncall |  
-                  <b>do</b> block <b>end</b> |  
-                  <b>while</b> exp <b>do</b> block <b>end</b> |  
-                  <b>repeat</b> block <b>until</b> exp |  
-                  <b>if</b> exp <b>then</b> block {<b>elseif</b> exp <b>then</b> block} [<b>else</b> block] <b>end</b> |  
-                  <b>for</b> Name `<b>=</b>´ exp `<b>,</b>´ exp [`<b>,</b>´ exp] <b>do</b> block <b>end</b> |  
-                  <b>for</b> namelist <b>in</b> explist <b>do</b> block <b>end</b> |  
-                  <b>function</b> funcname funcbody |  
-                  <b>local</b> <b>function</b> Name funcbody |  
-                  <b>local</b> namelist [`<b>=</b>´ explist]  
-   
-         laststat ::= <b>return</b> [explist] | <b>break</b> 
-   
-         funcname ::= Name {`<b>.</b>´ Name} [`<b>:</b>´ Name] 
-   
-         varlist ::= var {`<b>,</b>´ var} 
-   
-         var ::=  Name | prefixexp `<b>[</b>´ exp `<b>]</b>´ | prefixexp `<b>.</b>´ Name  
-   
-         namelist ::= Name {`<b>,</b>´ Name} 
-   
-         explist ::= {exp `<b>,</b>´} exp 
-   
-         exp ::=  <b>nil</b> | <b>false</b> | <b>true</b> | Number | String | `<b>...</b>´ | function |  
-                  prefixexp | tableconstructor | exp binop exp | unop exp  
-   
-         prefixexp ::= var | functioncall | `<b>(</b>´ exp `<b>)</b>´ 
-   
-         functioncall ::=  prefixexp args | prefixexp `<b>:</b>´ Name args  
-   
-         args ::=  `<b>(</b>´ [explist] `<b>)</b>´ | tableconstructor | String  
-   
-         function ::= <b>function</b> funcbody 
-   
-         funcbody ::= `<b>(</b>´ [parlist] `<b>)</b>´ block <b>end</b> 
-   
-         parlist ::= namelist [`<b>,</b>´ `<b>...</b>´] | `<b>...</b>´ 
-   
-         tableconstructor ::= `<b>{</b>´ [fieldlist] `<b>}</b>´ 
-   
-         fieldlist ::= field {fieldsep field} [fieldsep] 
-   
-         field ::= `<b>[</b>´ exp `<b>]</b>´ `<b>=</b>´ exp | Name `<b>=</b>´ exp | exp 
-   
-         fieldsep ::= `<b>,</b>´ | `<b>;</b>´ 
-   
-         binop ::= `<b>+</b>´ | `<b>-</b>´ | `<b>*</b>´ | `<b>/</b>´ | `<b>^</b>´ | `<b>%</b>´ | `<b>..</b>´ |  
-                  `<b><</b>´ | `<b><=</b>´ | `<b>></b>´ | `<b>>=</b>´ | `<b>==</b>´ | `<b>~=</b>´ |  
-                  <b>and</b> | <b>or</b> 
-   
-         unop ::= `<b>-</b>´ | <b>not</b> | `<b>#</b>´ 
-   
- </pre> 
-   
- <p> 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <HR> 
- <SMALL CLASS="footer"> 
- Last update: 
- Mon Feb 13 18:54:19 BRST 2012 
- </SMALL> 
- <!-- 
- Last change: revised for Lua 5.1.5 
- --> 
-   
- </body></html> 
-   
-